HP LaserJet M3027, M3035 MFP Service Manual. Www.s Manuals.com. Manual

User Manual: Multi-functional printer HP LaserJet M3035 MFP - Service manuals and Schematics, Disassembly / Assembly. Free.

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 367 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

HP LaserJet M3027/M3035 Multifunction
Service Manual
Copyright and License
© 2006 Copyright Hewlett-Packard
Development Company, L.P.
Reproduction, adaptation, or translation
without prior written permission is prohibited,
except as allowed under the copyright laws.
The information contained herein is subject
to change without notice.
The only warranties for HP products and
services are set forth in the express warranty
statements accompanying such products
and services. Nothing herein should be
construed as constituting an additional
warranty. HP shall not be liable for technical
or editorial errors or omissions contained
herein.
Part number: CB414-90940
Edition 1, 10/2006
Trademark Credits
Adobe
®
, Acrobat
®
, and PostScript
®
are
trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated.
Intel
®
and Pentium
®
are trademarks or
registered trademarks of Intel Corporation or
its subsidiaries in the United States and other
countries.
Linux is a U.S. registered trademark of Linus
Torvalds.
Microsoft
®
, Windows
®
, and Windows NT
®
are U.S. registered trademarks of Microsoft
Corporation.
UNIX
®
is a registered trademark of The Open
Group.
ENERGY STAR
®
and the ENERGY STAR
logo
®
are U.S. registered marks of the United
States Environmental Protection Agency.
Table of contents
1 Product Information
Chapter contents .................................................................................................................................. 1
Device configurations ........................................................................................................................... 2
Features ............................................................................................................................................... 3
Walkaround .......................................................................................................................................... 5
Device parts ......................................................................................................................... 5
Interface ports ...................................................................................................................... 6
Device software .................................................................................................................................... 7
Supported operating systems .............................................................................................. 7
Minimum system requirements ............................................................................................ 7
Supported printer drivers ..................................................................................................... 8
Select the correct printer driver ............................................................................................ 9
Universal printer drivers ...................................................................................... 9
Driver Autoconfiguration ...................................................................................... 9
Update Now ........................................................................................................ 9
HP Driver Preconfiguration ................................................................................. 9
Priority for print settings ..................................................................................................... 10
Open the printer drivers ..................................................................................................... 11
Software for Macintosh computers .................................................................................... 12
Remove software from Macintosh operating systems ...................................... 12
Utilities ............................................................................................................................... 13
HP Web Jetadmin ............................................................................................. 13
Embedded Web server ..................................................................................... 13
HP Easy Printer Care software ......................................................................... 14
Supported operating systems ........................................................... 14
Supported browsers ......................................................................... 14
Other components and utilities .......................................................................... 14
Media specifications ........................................................................................................................... 15
General guidelines for media ............................................................................................. 15
Paper to avoid ................................................................................................... 16
Paper that can damage the device ................................................................... 16
General media specifications ............................................................................ 17
Select print media .............................................................................................................. 17
Supported media sizes ...................................................................................... 18
Supported media types ..................................................................................... 19
2 Installation and configuration
Chapter contents ................................................................................................................................ 21
Site preparation .................................................................................................................................. 22
ENWW iii
Location specifications ....................................................................................................... 22
Operating environment ..................................................................................................... 22
Install trays ......................................................................................................................................... 23
Load tray 1 (multipurpose tray) .......................................................................................... 23
Load tray 2 and optional tray 3 ......................................................................................... 25
Configure trays .................................................................................................................. 26
Install supplies .................................................................................................................................... 27
Supply replacement guidelines .......................................................................................... 27
Change the print cartridge ................................................................................................. 27
Install accessories .............................................................................................................................. 30
Install memory ................................................................................................................... 30
Install device memory ....................................................................................... 30
Check DIMM installation .................................................................................................... 34
Enable memory for Windows ............................................................................................. 34
Use HP Jetdirect print server cards ................................................................................... 35
Install an HP Jetdirect print server card ............................................................ 35
Remove an HP Jetdirect print server card ........................................................ 36
3 Maintenance
Chapter contents ................................................................................................................................ 37
Manage supplies ................................................................................................................................ 38
Supplies life ....................................................................................................................... 38
Approximate print-cartridge replacement intervals ............................................................ 38
Manage the print cartridge ................................................................................................. 39
Print-cartridge storage ....................................................................................... 39
Use genuine HP print cartridges ....................................................................... 39
HP policy on non-HP print cartridges ................................................................ 39
Print-cartridge authentication ............................................................................ 39
HP fraud hotline and Web site .......................................................................... 39
Clean the device ................................................................................................................................. 40
Clean the exterior .............................................................................................................. 40
Clean the ADF ................................................................................................................... 40
Clean the scanner lid backing ............................................................................................ 42
Clean the scanner glass .................................................................................................... 43
Clean the fuser .................................................................................................................. 44
Clean spilled toner ............................................................................................................. 44
Management tools .............................................................................................................................. 45
Use information pages ....................................................................................................... 45
Use the HP Easy Printer Care software ............................................................................ 47
Open the HP Easy Printer Care software ......................................................... 47
HP Easy Printer Care software sections ........................................................... 48
Use the embedded Web server ......................................................................................... 49
Open the embedded Web server by using a network connection ..................... 49
Embedded Web server sections ....................................................................... 50
Use HP Web Jetadmin software ........................................................................................ 52
Use the HP Printer Utility for Macintosh ............................................................................ 52
Open the HP Printer Utility ................................................................................ 52
HP Printer Utility features .................................................................................. 53
4 Theory of operation
iv ENWW
Chapter contents ................................................................................................................................ 55
Basic operation ................................................................................................................................... 56
ADF/scanner system ......................................................................................................... 57
ADF ................................................................................................................... 57
Sensors in the ADF .......................................................................... 57
ADF paper path ................................................................................ 57
Scanner ............................................................................................................. 58
Formatter ........................................................................................................................... 59
Engine control unit (ECU) .................................................................................................. 60
Pickup/feed/delivery system .............................................................................................. 62
Laser/scanner system ........................................................................................................ 63
Image-formation system .................................................................................................... 64
Step 1: Primary charging ................................................................................... 65
Step 2: Laser beam exposure ........................................................................... 65
Step 3: Developing ............................................................................................ 65
Step 4: Transfer ................................................................................................ 66
Step 5: Separation ............................................................................................ 66
Step 6: Fusing ................................................................................................... 67
Step 7: Drum cleaning ....................................................................................... 67
Internal components ........................................................................................................................... 68
Timing ................................................................................................................................................. 69
Print cartridge memory system ........................................................................................................... 73
5 Removal and replacement
Chapter contents ................................................................................................................................ 75
Introduction ......................................................................................................................................... 77
Removal and replacement strategy .................................................................................. 77
Electrostatic discharge ....................................................................................................... 77
User-replaceable parts ...................................................................................................... 77
Required tools .................................................................................................................... 78
Before performing service .................................................................................................. 78
Parts removal order ........................................................................................................... 79
Automatic document feeder (ADF) and scanner assemblies ............................................................. 80
ADF assembly ................................................................................................................... 80
ADF cover ......................................................................................................... 80
ADF input tray ................................................................................................... 82
Control panel ..................................................................................................... 84
ADF ................................................................................................................... 87
Scanner assembly ............................................................................................................. 90
Covers ................................................................................................................................................ 94
Right-side cover ................................................................................................................. 94
Formatter shield ................................................................................................................. 95
Fax cover ........................................................................................................................... 96
Left-side cover ................................................................................................................... 97
Legal cover (dust cover) .................................................................................................. 100
Back cover ....................................................................................................................... 101
I/O cover .......................................................................................................................... 103
Fax rail ............................................................................................................................. 104
Top cover ......................................................................................................................... 105
Front, right cover .............................................................................................................. 109
ENWW v
Fax accessory .................................................................................................................................. 111
Disk drive .......................................................................................................................................... 113
Formatter .......................................................................................................................................... 116
Stapler .............................................................................................................................................. 117
Stapler power-supply ........................................................................................................................ 123
Right-side fan ................................................................................................................................... 128
Engine control unit (ECU) ................................................................................................................. 131
Left-side riser .................................................................................................................................... 138
Fuser ................................................................................................................................................ 139
Laser/scanner ................................................................................................................................... 142
Access plate ..................................................................................................................................... 144
Oblique-roller assembly .................................................................................................................... 146
Left-side fan ...................................................................................................................................... 148
High-voltage power supply (HVPS) .................................................................................................. 149
Feed-guide assembly ....................................................................................................................... 156
Main motor ....................................................................................................................................... 159
Gear assembly ................................................................................................................................. 162
Reinstallation notes for the gear assembly ...................................................................................... 165
Tray 1 solenoid ................................................................................................................................. 166
Tray 2 solenoid ................................................................................................................................. 167
Pickup assembly .............................................................................................................................. 168
Tray 1 media-present sensor and top-of-page sensor ..................................................................... 173
E-label reader (memory tag) ............................................................................................................ 175
Face-down-roller shaft ...................................................................................................................... 177
Cartridge door .................................................................................................................................. 179
Transfer roller ................................................................................................................................... 182
Registration assembly ...................................................................................................................... 183
Tray 1 pickup roller ........................................................................................................................... 186
Tray 2 pickup roller ........................................................................................................................... 187
Separation pad ................................................................................................................................. 189
6 Troubleshooting
Chapter contents .............................................................................................................................. 191
Troubleshooting process .................................................................................................................. 192
Troubleshooting tree ........................................................................................................ 192
Troubleshooting flowchart ................................................................................................ 193
1. Does the control-panel display show READY? ........................................... 193
2. Can you print a configuration page? .......................................................... 194
3. Does the device copy? ................................................................................ 195
4. Does the device send a fax? ....................................................................... 196
5. Does the device receive a fax? ................................................................... 197
6. Can you print from a program? ................................................................... 198
7. Does the job print as expected? .................................................................. 199
8. Does the device select the correct trays? ................................................... 200
Control-panel messages .................................................................................................................. 201
Control-panel message types .......................................................................................... 201
Resolve control-panel messages ..................................................................................... 201
Clear jams ........................................................................................................................................ 214
Common causes of jams ................................................................................................. 214
Jam locations ................................................................................................................... 215
vi ENWW
Jam detection .................................................................................................................. 216
Clear jams from the ADF ................................................................................................. 217
Clear jams from the print-cartridge area .......................................................................... 219
Clear jams from the input-tray areas ............................................................................... 220
Clear jams from the duplexer ........................................................................................... 222
Clear jams from the output-bin areas .............................................................................. 223
Interface troubleshooting ................................................................................................................. 225
Communications checks .................................................................................................. 225
LAN hardware test ........................................................................................................... 225
Service mode functions .................................................................................................................... 226
Boot-up key sequences ................................................................................................... 226
Low-level boot-up key sequence for selecting a language, performing a cold
reset, and enabling and disabling embedded LAN ......................................... 227
Medium-level boot-up key sequence for initializing disks ............................... 227
High-level boot-up key sequence for NVRAM initialization, manufacturing,
and skipping disk-load and calibration ............................................................ 227
Service menu ................................................................................................................... 228
Service ID ........................................................................................................................ 228
Restore the service ID ..................................................................................... 229
Convert the service ID to an actual date ......................................................... 229
Troubleshooting tools ....................................................................................................................... 230
Control-panel menus ....................................................................................................... 230
Print Quality menu ........................................................................................... 230
Troubleshooting menu .................................................................................... 231
Early-boot diagnostic test ................................................................................................ 233
Test pages ....................................................................................................................... 234
Engine-test page ............................................................................................. 234
Formatter test page ......................................................................................... 235
Embedded Web server ................................................................................................... 235
Gaining access to the embedded Web server ................................................ 235
Information tab ................................................................................ 235
Settings tab ..................................................................................... 236
Networking tab ............................................................................... 236
Other links ...................................................................................... 236
Image defect ruler ............................................................................................................ 238
Firmware updates and recovery ....................................................................................................... 239
Determine the current level of firmware ........................................................................... 239
Download the new firmware from the HP Web site ......................................................... 239
Transfer the new firmware to the device .......................................................................... 240
Use FTP to upgrade the firmware on a network connection ........................... 240
Use HP Web Jetadmin to upgrade the firmware ............................................. 241
Use MS-DOS commands to upgrade the firmware ......................................... 242
Upgrade the HP Jetdirect firmware .................................................................................. 242
Troubleshoot general printing problems ........................................................................................... 243
Troubleshoot media-handling problems ........................................................................................... 246
Multiple pages feed .......................................................................................................... 246
Pages are wrinkled or folded ........................................................................................... 246
Pages are skewed ........................................................................................................... 247
Troubleshoot print-quality problems ................................................................................................ 248
Print-quality checklist ....................................................................................................... 248
ENWW vii
Image-defect examples ................................................................................................... 249
Light print (partial page) .................................................................................................. 250
Light print (entire page) ................................................................................................... 251
Specks ............................................................................................................................. 251
Dropouts .......................................................................................................................... 252
Lines ................................................................................................................................ 252
Gray background ............................................................................................................ 253
Toner smear ................................................................................................................... 253
Loose toner ..................................................................................................................... 254
Repeating defects ........................................................................................................... 254
Repeating image ............................................................................................................. 255
Misformed characters ...................................................................................................... 255
Page skew ....................................................................................................................... 256
Curl or wave .................................................................................................................... 256
Wrinkles or creases ......................................................................................................... 257
Vertical white lines ........................................................................................................... 257
Tire tracks ....................................................................................................................... 258
White spots on black ....................................................................................................... 258
Scattered lines ................................................................................................................ 259
Blurred print .................................................................................................................... 259
Random image repetition ................................................................................................. 260
Diagrams .......................................................................................................................................... 261
Device component locations ............................................................................................ 261
Main assemblies ............................................................................................. 261
Main parts ....................................................................................................... 262
Sensors and switches ..................................................................................... 263
Motors, fans, and solenoids ............................................................................ 264
PCAs ............................................................................................................... 265
Wiring diagrams ............................................................................................................... 266
7 Parts and diagrams
Chapter contents .............................................................................................................................. 269
Ordering parts and supplies ............................................................................................................. 270
Parts ................................................................................................................................ 270
Related documentation and software .............................................................................. 270
Supplies ........................................................................................................................... 270
Consumables and accessories ........................................................................................................ 271
Consumables and accessories ........................................................................................ 271
ADF/scanner assembly .................................................................................................................... 272
Covers .............................................................................................................................................. 274
Internal components ......................................................................................................................... 276
Tray 2 pickup assembly .................................................................................................................... 290
Alphabetical parts list ....................................................................................................................... 292
Numerical parts list ........................................................................................................................... 302
Appendix A Supplies and accessories
Order parts, accessories, and supplies ............................................................................................ 314
Order directly from HP ..................................................................................................... 314
Order through service or support providers ..................................................................... 314
viii ENWW
Order directly through the embedded Web server (for printers that are connected to a
network) ........................................................................................................................... 314
Order directly through the HP Easy Printer Care software .............................................. 314
Part numbers .................................................................................................................................... 315
Paper-handling accessories ............................................................................................ 315
Print cartridge .................................................................................................................. 315
Memory ............................................................................................................................ 315
Cables and interfaces ...................................................................................................... 315
Stapler accessories ......................................................................................................... 316
Print media ....................................................................................................................... 316
Appendix B Service and support
Hewlett-Packard limited warranty statement .................................................................................... 319
Customer self repair warranty service .............................................................................................. 320
Print cartridge limited warranty statement ........................................................................................ 320
HP Customer Care ........................................................................................................................... 322
Online Services ................................................................................................................ 322
Telephone support ........................................................................................................... 322
Software utilities, drivers, and electronic information ....................................................... 322
HP direct ordering for accessories or supplies ................................................................ 322
HP service information ..................................................................................................... 322
HP service agreements ................................................................................................... 322
HP Easy Printer Care software ........................................................................................ 323
HP support and information for Macintosh computers ..................................................... 323
HP maintenance agreements ........................................................................................................... 324
On-site service agreements ............................................................................................. 324
Next-day on-site service .................................................................................. 324
Weekly (volume) on-site service ..................................................................... 324
Repacking the device ...................................................................................................... 324
Extended warranty ........................................................................................................... 325
Appendix C Specifications
Physical specifications ..................................................................................................................... 328
Electrical specifications .................................................................................................................... 328
Acoustic emissions ........................................................................................................................... 329
Operating environment ..................................................................................................................... 329
Appendix D Regulatory information
FCC regulations ............................................................................................................................... 332
Environmental product stewardship program ................................................................................... 333
Protecting the environment .............................................................................................. 333
Ozone production ............................................................................................................ 333
Power consumption ......................................................................................................... 333
Toner consumption .......................................................................................................... 333
Paper use ........................................................................................................................ 333
Plastics ............................................................................................................................ 333
HP LaserJet print supplies ............................................................................................... 333
HP print supplies returns and recycling program information .......................................... 334
Paper ............................................................................................................................... 334
ENWW ix
Material restrictions .......................................................................................................... 334
Disposal of waste equipment by users in private households in the European Union .... 335
Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) ................................................................................ 335
For more information ....................................................................................................... 335
Telecom statement ........................................................................................................................... 337
Declaration of conformity .................................................................................................................. 338
Safety statements ............................................................................................................................. 339
Laser safety ..................................................................................................................... 339
Canadian DOC regulations .............................................................................................. 339
VCCI statement (Japan) .................................................................................................. 339
Power cord statement (Japan) ......................................................................................... 339
EMI statement (Korea) ..................................................................................................... 339
EMI statement (Taiwan) ................................................................................................... 340
Laser statement for Finland ............................................................................................. 340
Appendix E Working with memory and print server cards
Overview .......................................................................................................................................... 342
Glossary ........................................................................................................................................................... 343
Index ................................................................................................................................................................. 345
xENWW
1 Product Information
Chapter contents
●Device configurations
●Features
●Walkaround
●Device software
●Media specifications
ENWW Chapter contents 1
Device configurations
HP LaserJet M3027 HP LaserJet M3027x HP LaserJet M3035 HP LaserJet M3035xs
●Prints up to 27 pages-per-
minute (ppm) on letter-sized
media, and up to 25 ppm on
A4–sized media
●256 megabytes (MB) total of
random access memory
(RAM), upgradable up to
512 MB
●Internal 40 gigabyte (GB) or
larger hard disk
●100-sheet multipurpose tray
(tray 1), 500-sheet input tray
(tray 2), 50-sheet automatic
document feeder (ADF),
and 250-sheet output bin
●Hi-Speed universal serial
bus (USB) 2.0 port and
enhanced input/output
(EIO) slot
●HP Jetdirect embedded
print server for Ethernet
10/100Base-T network
●One open dual inline
memory module (DIMM)
slot
HP LaserJet M3027, plus:
●Automatic two-sided
printing accessory
●33.6 kpbs analog fax
●Prints up to 35 ppm on
letter-sized media, and up to
33 ppm on A4–sized media
●256 MB total RAM,
upgradable up to 512 MB
●Internal 40 GB or larger hard
disk
●100-sheet tray 1, 500-sheet
tray 2, 50-sheet ADF, and
250-sheet output bin
●Hi-Speed USB 2.0 port and
EIO slot
●HP Jetdirect embedded
print server for Ethernet
10/100Base-T network
●One open DIMM slot
●Automatic two-sided
printing accessory
HP LaserJet M3035, plus:
●33.6 kpbs analog fax
●20-sheet convenience
stapler
●500-sheet input tray
(tray 3)
2 Chapter 1 Product Information ENWW
Features
Feature Description
Performance ●400 MHz processor
User interface ●Control-panel help
●Windows® and Macintosh printer drivers
●Embedded Web server to gain access to support and to order supplies (administrator tool for network-connected
models only)
●HP Easy Printer Care software (a Web-based status and troubleshooting tool)
Printer drivers ●HP PCL 5
●HP PCL 6
●HP postscript level 3 emulation
Resolution ●FastRes 1200—produces 1200-dots-per-inch (dpi) print quality for fast, high-quality printing of business text and
graphics
●ProRes 1200—produces 1200-dpi printing for the best quality in line art and graphic images
Storage features ●Internal 40 GB or larger hard drive
●Fonts, forms, and other macros
●Job retention
Fonts ●93 internal fonts available for PCL
●80 printer-matching screen fonts in TrueType format available with the software solution
●Additional fonts can be added.
Accessories ●Optional 500-sheet input tray (tray 3) (standard on the HP LaserJet M3035xs MFP)
●100-pin 133 MHz dual inline memory modules (DIMMs)
Connectivity ●Hi-Speed USB 2.0 connection
●HP Jetdirect full-featured embedded print server
●HP Web Jetadmin software
●Enhanced input/output (EIO) slot
●Foreign interface harness (FIH) port for attaching optional third-party paper-handling devices
Environmental
features
●Sleep mode setting
●ENERGY STAR® qualified
Supplies ●The supplies status page contains information about toner level, page count, and estimated pages remaining.
●The product checks for an authentic HP print cartridge at cartridge installation.
●Internet-enabled supply-ordering capabilities (using HP Easy Printer Care software)
Accessibility ●The online user guide is compatible with text screen-readers.
●The print cartridge can be installed and removed by using one hand.
ENWW Features 3
Feature Description
●All doors and covers can be opened by using one hand.
●Media can be loaded in tray 1 by using one hand.
4 Chapter 1 Product Information ENWW
Walkaround
Device parts
Before using the product, familiarize yourself with its components.
12
11
10
13
14
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1Optional tray 3
2Tray 2
3Tray 1 (pull to open)
4Latch to open the front door (provides access to the print cartridge)
5Top output bin
6Control panel
7Convenience stapler
8Right-side cover (provides access to DIMMs)
9On/off switch
10 Interface ports (see Interface ports on page 6)
11 Scanner assembly
12 ADF output bin
13 Automatic document feeder (ADF)
14 Rear output bin (pull to open)
ENWW Walkaround 5
Interface ports
1
2
3
4
5
7
6
1Fax port (HP LaserJet M3027x and HP LaserJet M3035xs only)
2Network connection
3Foreign interface harness (FIH) port
4Type A Hi-Speed USB 2.0 connection for adding accessories
5Power connection
6Type B Hi-Speed USB 2.0 connection for printing
7EIO slot
6 Chapter 1 Product Information ENWW
Device software
The printing-system software is included with the device. See the getting started guide for installation
instructions.
The printing system includes software for end users and network administrators, and printer drivers for
access to the device features and communication with the computer.
NOTE For a list of printer drivers and updated HP printer software, go to www.hp.com/go/
LJM3027mfp_software or www.hp.com/go/LJM3035mfp_software.
Supported operating systems
The device supports the following operating systems:
Full software installation
●Windows XP (32-bit and 64-bit)
●Windows Server 2003 (32-bit and 64-bit)
●Windows 2000
●Mac OS X V10.2.8, V10.3, V10.4 and later
Printer driver only
●Linux (Web only)
●UNIX model scripts (Web only)
NOTE For Mac OS V10.4 and later, PPC and Intel Core Processor Macs are supported.
Minimum system requirements
In order to install and use the device software, your computer must meet the following minimum
requirements:
Windows requirements
●Pentium II (233 MHz) processor
●64 MB of RAM
●35 MB of disk space
●SVGA 800x600 16-bit color monitor
Macintosh requirements
●G3, G4, or G5 PowerPC processor
●128 MB of RAM
●30 to 50 MB of disk space
ENWW Device software 7
Supported printer drivers
Operating system
1
PCL 5 PCL 6 PS level 3 emulation
Windows
2,3
Mac OS X V10.2 and later
Linux
4
1
Not all device features are available from all drivers or operating systems.
2
For Windows 2000 and Windows XP (32-bit and 64-bit), download the PCL 5 driver from www.hp.com/go/
LJM3027mfp_software or www.hp.com/go/LJM3035mfp_software.
3
For Windows XP (64-bit), download the PCL 6 driver from www.hp.com/go/LJM3027mfp_software or www.hp.com/go/
LJM3035mfp_software.
4
For Linux, download the postscript level 3 emulation driver from www.hp.com/go/linuxprinting.
The printer drivers include online Help that has instructions for common printing tasks and also describes
the buttons, checkboxes, and drop-down lists that are in the printer driver.
8 Chapter 1 Product Information ENWW
Select the correct printer driver
Printer drivers allow you to gain access to the device features and allow the computer to communicate
with the device (using a printer language). Check the installation notes and readme files on the device
CD for additional software and languages.
The device uses the PCL 5, PCL 6, and HP postscript level 3 emulation printer description language
(PDL) drivers.
●Use the PCL 6 printer driver for the best overall performance.
●Use the PCL 5 printer driver for general office printing.
●Use the HP postscript level 3 emulation driver for printing from postscript level 3 emulation needs,
or for postscript flash font support.
Universal printer drivers
The HP Universal Print Driver Series for Windows includes separate HP postscript level 3 emulation
and HP PCL 5 versions of a single driver that provides access to almost any HP device while providing
system administrator with tools to manage devices more effectively. The Universal Print Driver is
included on the device CD, under the Optional Software section. For more information, go to
www.hp.com/go/universalprintdriver.
Driver Autoconfiguration
The HP LaserJet PCL 5, PCL 6, and PS level 3 emulation drivers for Windows 2000 and Windows XP
feature automatic discovery and driver configuration for device accessories at the time of installation.
Some accessories that the Driver Autoconfiguration supports are the duplexing unit, optional paper
trays, and dual inline memory modules (DIMMs).
Update Now
If you have modified the device configuration since installation, the driver can be automatically updated
with the new configuration. In the Properties dialog box (see Open the printer drivers on page 11),
on the Device Settings tab, click the Update Now button to update the driver.
HP Driver Preconfiguration
HP Driver Preconfiguration is a software architecture and set of tools that you can use to customize and
distribute HP software in managed corporate printing environments. Using HP Driver Preconfiguration,
information technology (IT) administrators can preconfigure the printing and default settings for
HP printer drivers before installing the drivers in the network environment. For more information, see
the HP Driver Preconfiguration Support Guide, which is available at www.hp.com/go/hpdpc_sw.
ENWW Device software 9
Priority for print settings
Changes to print settings are prioritized depending on where the changes are made:
NOTE The names of commands and dialog boxes might vary depending on your software
program.
●Page Setup dialog box: Click Page Setup or a similar command on the File menu of the program
you are working in to open this dialog box. Settings changed here override settings changed
anywhere else.
●Print dialog box: Click Print, Print Setup, or a similar command on the File menu of the program
you are working in to open this dialog box. Settings changed in the Print dialog box have a lower
priority and do not override changes made in the Page Setup dialog box.
●Printer Properties dialog box (printer driver): Click Properties in the Print dialog box to open
the printer driver. Settings changed in the Printer Properties dialog box do not override settings
anywhere else in the printing software.
●Default printer driver settings: The default printer driver settings determine the settings used in
all print jobs, unless settings are changed in the Page Setup, Print, or Printer Properties dialog
boxes.
●Printer control panel settings: Settings changed at the printer control panel have a lower priority
than changes made anywhere else.
10 Chapter 1 Product Information ENWW
Open the printer drivers
Operating System To change the settings for all
print jobs until the software
program is closed
To change the default settings
for all print jobs
To change the device
configuration settings
Windows 2000, XP,
and Server 2003
1. On the File menu in the
software program, click
Print.
2. Select the driver, and then
click Properties or
Preferences.
The steps can vary; this
procedure is most common.
1. Click Start, click Settings,
and then click Printers or
Printers and Faxes.
2. Right-click the driver icon,
and then select Printing
Preferences.
1. Click Start, click Settings,
and then click Printers or
Printers and Faxes.
2. Right-click the driver icon,
and then select
Properties.
3. Click the Device Settings
tab.
Mac OS X V10.2.8,
V10.3, V10.4 and
later
1. On the File menu, click
Print.
2. Change the settings that
you want on the various
pop-up menus.
1. On the File menu, click
Print.
2. Change the settings that
you want on the various
pop-up menus.
3. On the Presets pop-up
menu, click Save as and
type a name for the preset.
These settings are saved in the
Presets menu. To use the new
settings, you must select the
saved preset option every time
you open a program and print.
1. In the Finder, on the Go
menu, click Applications.
2. Open Utilities, and then
open Print Center (OS X
V10.2.8) or Printer Setup
Utility.
3. Click on the print queue.
4. On the Printers menu,
click Show Info.
5. Click the Installable
Options menu.
NOTE Configuration
settings might not be
available in Classic
mode.
ENWW Device software 11
Software for Macintosh computers
The HP installer provides PostScript
®
Printer Description (PPD) files, Printer Dialog Extensions (PDEs),
and the HP Printer Utility for use with Macintosh computers.
For network connections, use the embedded Web server (EWS) to configure the device. See Embedded
Web server on page 13.
The printing system software includes the following components:
●PostScript Printer Description (PPD) files
The PPDs, in combination with the Apple PostScript printer drivers, provide access to device
features. Use the Apple PostScript printer driver that comes with the computer.
●HP Printer Utility
Use the HP Printer Utility to set up device features that are not available in the printer driver:
●Name the device.
●Assign the device to a zone on the network.
●Assign an internet protocol (IP) address to the device.
●Download files and fonts.
●Configure the device for IP or AppleTalk printing.
You can use the HP Printer Utility when your device uses a universal serial bus (USB) cable or is
connected to a TCP/IP-based network. For more information, see Use the HP Printer Utility for
Macintosh on page 52.
Remove software from Macintosh operating systems
To remove the software from a Macintosh computer, drag the PPD files to the trash can.
12 Chapter 1 Product Information ENWW
Utilities
The device is equipped with several utilities that make it easy to monitor and manage the device on a
network.
HP Web Jetadmin
HP Web Jetadmin is a browser-based management tool for HP Jetdirect-connected printers within your
intranet, and it should be be installed only on the network administrator’s computer.
To download a current version of HP Web Jetadmin and for the latest list of supported host systems,
visit www.hp.com/go/webjetadmin.
When installed on a host server, any client can gain access to HP Web Jetadmin by using a supported
Web browser (such as Microsoft® Internet Explorer 4.x or Netscape Navigator 4.x or later) by navigating
to the HP Web Jetadmin host.
Embedded Web server
The device is equipped with an embedded Web server, which provides access to information about
device and network activities. This information appears in a Web browser, such as Microsoft Internet
Explorer or Netscape Navigator.
The embedded Web server resides on the device. It is not loaded on a network server.
The embedded Web server provides an interface to the device that anyone who has a network-
connected computer and a standard Web browser can use. No special software is installed or
configured, but you must have a supported Web browser on your computer. To gain access to the
embedded Web server, type the IP address for the device in the address line of the browser. (To find
the IP address, print a configuration page. For more information about printing a configuration page,
see Use information pages on page 45.)
For a complete explanation of the features and functionality of the embedded Web server, see Use the
embedded Web server on page 49.
ENWW Device software 13
HP Easy Printer Care software
The HP Easy Printer Care software is a program that you can use for the following tasks:
●Discovering printers on the network and checking the status of each device
●Setting and viewing device and supplies alerts for multiple printers at the same time
●Shopping online for supplies
●Using HP online troubleshooting and maintenance tools
You can use the HP Easy Printer Care software when the device is directly connected to your computer
or when it is connected to a network. To download the HP Easy Printer Care software, go to
www.hp.com/go/easyprintercare.
Supported operating systems
For information about supported operating systems, go to www.hp.com/go/easyprintercare.
Supported browsers
To use the HP Easy Printer Care software, you must have one of the following browsers:
●Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.5 or later
●Netscape Navigator 7.0 or later
●Opera Software ASA Opera 6.05 or later
All pages can be printed from the browser.
Other components and utilities
Windows Macintosh OS
●Software installer — automates the printing system
installation
●Online Web registration
●PostScript Printer Description files (PPDs) — use with the
Apple PostScript drivers that come with the Mac OS
●The HP Printer Utility — change device settings, view
status, and set up printer-event notification from a Mac.
This utility is supported for Mac OS X V10.2.8, V10.3,
V10.4 and later.
14 Chapter 1 Product Information ENWW
Media specifications
The device accepts a variety of media, such as cut-sheet paper, including up to 100% recycled fiber
content paper; envelopes; labels; transparencies; and custom-size paper. Properties such as weight,
composition, grain, and moisture content are important factors that affect device performance and output
quality. Media that does not meet the guidelines that are outlined in this manual can cause the following
problems:
●Poor print quality
●Increased jams
●Premature wear on the device, requiring repair
NOTE Some media might meet all of media specifications and still not produce satisfactory
results. Improper handling, unacceptable temperature and humidity levels, and other variables
over which Hewlett-Packard has no control can affect print quality. Before purchasing large
quantities of media, make sure that it meets the requirements that are specified in the user guide
and in theHP LaserJet Printer Family Print Media Guide, which is available for download
athttp://www.hp.com/support/ljpaperguide. Always test paper before buying large quantities.
CAUTION Using media that does not meet HP specifications can cause problems for the
device, requiring repair. This repair is not covered by the HP warranty or service agreements.
General guidelines for media
Before purchasing any paper or specialized forms in quantity, verify that your paper supplier has
obtained and understands the print-media requirements that are specified in the HP LaserJet Printer
Family Print Media Guide.
See HP Customer Care on page 322 to order the HP LaserJet Printer Family Print Media Guide. To
download a copy of the guide, go to www.hp.com/support/ljpaperguide.
It is possible that paper could meet all of the guidelines in this chapter or the HP LaserJet Printer Family
Print Media Guide and still not print satisfactorily. This can result from abnormal characteristics of the
printing environment or other variables over which HP has no control (for example, extremes in
temperature and humidity).
Hewlett-Packard Company recommends testing any paper before buying it in large quantities.
CAUTION Using paper that does not conform to the specifications listed here or in the print
media guide can cause problems that require service. This service is not covered by the Hewlett-
Packard warranty or service agreements.
ENWW Media specifications 15
Paper to avoid
The product can handle many types of paper. Using paper that does not meet specifications will cause
lower print quality and increase the chance of jams.
●Do not use paper that is too rough. Use paper with a tested smoothness rating of 100–250 Sheffield.
●Do not use paper, other than standard 3-hole punched paper, that contains cutouts or perforations.
●Do not use multipart forms.
●Do not use paper that has already been printed on, or that has been fed through a photocopier.
●Do not use paper that contains a watermark if you are printing solid patterns.
●Do not use heavily embossed or raised-letterhead papers.
●Do not use papers that have heavily textured surfaces.
●Do not use offset powders or other materials that prevent printed forms from sticking together.
●Do not use paper that has a colored coating that was added after the paper was produced.
Paper that can damage the device
In rare circumstances, paper can damage the device. The following paper must be avoided to prevent
possible damage to the device:
●Do not use paper with staples attached.
●Do not use transparencies, labels, or photo or glossy paper designed for Inkjet printers or other
low temperature printers. Use only media that is specified for use with HP LaserJet printers.
●Do not use any media that produces hazardous emissions, or that melts, offsets, or discolors when
exposed to the temperature of the fuser.
●Do not use paper that is embossed or coated, or any media that is not designed to withstand the
fusing temperature of the device. Do not use letterhead paper or preprinted forms that are made
with dyes or inks that cannot withstand the heat of the fuser.
To order HP LaserJet printing supplies, see Order parts, accessories, and supplies on page 314.
16 Chapter 1 Product Information ENWW
General media specifications
For complete paper specifications for all HP LaserJet devices, see the HP LaserJet Printer Family Print
Media Guide (available at www.hp.com/support/ljpaperguide) .
Category Specifications
Acid content 5.5 pH to 8.0 pH
Caliper 0.094 to 0.18 mm (3.0 to 7.0 mils)
Curl in ream Flat within 5 mm (0.02 in)
Cut edge conditions Cut with sharp blades with no visible fray.
Fusing compatibility Must not scorch, melt, offset, or release hazardous emissions when heated to 200°
C (392°F) for 0.1 second.
Grain Long grain
Moisture content 4% to 6% by weight
Smoothness 100 to 250 Sheffield
Select print media
This device accepts a variety of media, such as cut-sheet paper, including up to 100% recycled fiber
content paper; envelopes; labels; transparencies; and custom-size paper. Properties such as weight,
composition, grain, and moisture content are important factors that affect device performance and output
quality. Paper that does not meet the guidelines that are outlined in this manual can cause the following
problems:
●Poor print quality
●Increased jams
●Premature wear on the device, requiring repair
NOTE Some paper might meet all of the guidelines in this manual and still not produce
satisfactory results. This might be the result of improper handling, unacceptable temperature and
humidity levels, or other variables over which Hewlett-Packard has no control. Before purchasing
large quantities of media, make sure that it meets the requirements that are specified in this user
guide and in the HP LaserJet Printer Family Print Media Guide, which is available for download
at www.hp.com/support/ljpaperguide. Always test paper before buying large quantities.
CAUTION Using media that does not meet HP specifications can cause problems for the
device, requiring repair. This repair is not covered by the HP warranty or service agreements.
ENWW Media specifications 17
Supported media sizes
Table 1-1 Supported media sizes
Input
tray
Letter Legal A4 A5 Executive
(JIS)
B5 (JIS) 16K Custom Statement S Postcard
(JIS)
Envelope
1
Tray 1
Tray 2,
tray 3
1
Supported envelope sizes are #10, Monarch, C5, DL, and B5.
Table 1-2 Automatic 2-sided printing
1
Media size Dimensions Weight and thickness
Letter 216 x 279 mm (8.5 x 11 in) 60 to 120 g/m
2
(16 to 32 lb bond)
Legal 216 x 356 mm (8.5 x 14 in)
A4 211 x 297 mm (8.3 x 11.7 in)
JIS 216 x 330 mm (8.5 x 13 in)
1
Automatic 2-sided printing on weights heavier than those shown can produce unexpected results.
NOTE Automatic 2-sided (duplex) printing is available with the HP LaserJet M3027x, HP
LaserJet M3035, and HP LaserJet M3035xs models.
Manual 2-sided printing. Most of the supported media sizes and types listed for printing from tray 1
can be manually duplexed. See the user guide for more information.
18 Chapter 1 Product Information ENWW
Supported media types
Table 1-3 Tray 1 media types
Type Dimensions Weight or thickness Capacity
1
Plain Minimum: 76 x 127 mm (3 x 5 in)
Maximum: 216 x 356 mm
(8.5 x 14 in)
60 to 199 g/m
2
(16 to 53 lb) 100 sheets
Preprinted 60 to 120 g/m
2
(16 to 32 lb) 100 sheets
Letterhead 60 to 120 g/m
2
(16 to 32 lb) 100 sheets
Prepunched 60 to 120 g/m
2
(16 to 32 lb) 100 sheets
Bond 60 to 120 g/m
2
(16 to 32 lb bond) 100 sheets
Recycled 60 to 120 g/m
2
(16 to 32 lb) 100 sheets
Colored paper 60 to 120 g/m
2
(16 to 32 lb) 100 sheets
Rough 60 to 199 g/m
2
(16 to 53 lb) Up to 100 sheets
Light 60 to 75 g/m
2
(16 to 20 lb) 100 sheets
Custom 60 to 199 g/m
2
(16 to 53 lb) Up to 100 sheets
Transparencies
2
0.10 to 0.14 mm thick (4.7 to 5 mils thick) Up to 60 sheets
Envelopes 75 to 90 g/m
2
(20 to 24 lb) 10 envelopes
Labels 0.10 to 0.14 mm thick (4.7 to 5 mils thick) Up to 60 sheets
Cardstock Greater than 163 g/m
2
(greater than 43 lb) Up to 100 sheets
1
Capacity can vary depending on media weight and thickness and environmental conditions. Smoothness should be 100 to
250 (Sheffield). For ordering information, see Supplies and accessories on page 313.
2
Use only transparencies that are designed for use with HP LaserJet printers. This printer can detect transparencies that were
not designed for use with HP LaserJet printers. For more information, see the user guide.
Table 1-4 Tray 2 and tray 3 media types
Type Dimensions Weight or thickness Capacity
Plain Minimum: 140 x 216 mm (5.5 x 8.5 in)
Maximum: 216 x 356 mm (8.5 x 14 in)
60 to 120 g/m
2
(16 to 32 lb) Up to 500 sheets
Preprinted 60 to 120 g/m
2
(16 to 32 lb) Up to 500 sheets
Letterhead 60 to 120 g/m
2
(16 to 32 lb) Up to 500 sheets
Prepunched 60 to 120 g/m
2
(16 to 32 lb bond) Up to 500 sheets
Bond 60 to 120 g/m
2
(16 to 32 lb) Up to 500 sheets
Recycled 60 to 120 g/m
2
(16 to 32 lb) Up to 500 sheets
Colored paper 60 to 120 g/m
2
(16 to 32 lb) Up to 500 sheets
ENWW Media specifications 19
20 Chapter 1 Product Information ENWW
2 Installation and configuration
Chapter contents
●Site preparation
●Install trays
●Install supplies
●Install accessories
ENWW Chapter contents 21
Site preparation
Location specifications
Place the device on a sturdy, level surface in a well-ventilated area that meets the following
environmental requirements:
●Temperature: 15° to 32°C (59° to 89°F)
●Humidity: 10% to 80% relative humidity (no condensation)
●Away from direct sunlight, open flames, and ammonia fumes
●Allow sufficient space around the device for access and ventilation. (See Table C-2 Printer
dimensions with all doors and trays fully opened on page 328 for the minimum space
requirements.)
Operating environment
Environmental condition Recommended Allowed
Temperature (device and print cartridge) 17° to 25°C (63° to 77°F) 15° to 32°C (59° to 89°F)
Relative humidity 30% to 70% (no condensation) 10% to 80% (no condensation)
NOTE Optimum performance of the device is assured under the recommended temperature
and humidity specifications. Print quality might deteriorate and occurrences of paper jams might
increase when the device is operated within the allowed temperature and humidity specifications.
22 Chapter 2 Installation and configuration ENWW
Install trays
Load tray 1 (multipurpose tray)
Tray 1 holds up to 100 sheets of paper, up to 75 transparencies, up to 50 sheets of labels, or up to 10
envelopes. For information about loading special media, see the user guide.
1. Open tray 1 by pulling the front cover down.
2. Slide out the plastic tray extender. If the media that is being loaded is longer than 229 mm (9 in),
also flip open the additional tray extender.
3. Slide the media-width guides slightly wider than the media.
ENWW Install trays 23
4. Place media into the tray (short-edge in, print-side up). The media should be centered between
the media-width guides and under the tabs on the media-width guides.
5. Slide the media-width guides inward until they lightly touch the media stack on both sides without
bending it. Make sure that the media fits under the tabs on the media-width guides.
NOTE Do not add media to tray 1 while the device is printing. This could cause a jam. Do not
close the front door when the device is printing.
24 Chapter 2 Installation and configuration ENWW
Load tray 2 and optional tray 3
Trays 2 and 3 support only paper. For supported paper sizes, see Media specifications on page 15.
1. Pull the tray out of the device and remove any paper.
2. On the rear paper-length guide, press the tab and slide it so that the pointer matches the paper
size that you are loading. Make sure that the guide clicks into place.
3. Adjust the side media-width guides outward so that the pointer matches the paper size that you
are loading.
ENWW Install trays 25
4. Place the paper in the tray and make sure that it is flat at all four corners. Keep the paper below
the height tabs on the paper-length guide in the rear of the tray.
5. Push down on the paper to lock the metal paper-lift plate in place.
6. Slide the tray into the device.
Configure trays
1. At the device control panel, touch Supplies Status.
2. Touch Trays.
3. Select the tray that you want to set and then touch Modify Tray.
4. Set the size and type of media that is loaded in the tray.
26 Chapter 2 Installation and configuration ENWW
Install supplies
Carefully follow the guidelines in this section when replacing device supplies.
Supply replacement guidelines
To facilitate the replacement of supplies, keep the following guidelines in mind when setting up the
device.
●Sufficient space is required above and in the front of the device for removing supplies.
●The device should be located on a flat, sturdy surface.
For instructions on installing supplies, see the installation guides provided with each supply item or see
more information at www.hp.com/support/LJM3027mfp or www.hp.com/support/LJM3035mfp.
NOTE Hewlett-Packard recommends the use of HP products in this device. Use of non-
HP products may cause problems requiring service that is not covered by the HP warranty or
service agreements.
Change the print cartridge
When a print cartridge approaches the end of useful life, a message appears on the control panel
recommending that you order a replacement. The device can continue to print using the current print
cartridge until a message appears instructing you to replace the cartridge.
1. Open the front cover.
2. Remove the used print cartridge from the device.
ENWW Install supplies 27
3. Remove the new print cartridge from the bag. Place the used print cartridge in the bag for recycling.
4. Grasp both sides of the print cartridge and distribute the toner by gently rocking the print cartridge.
CAUTION Do not touch the shutter or the surface of the roller.
5. Remove the shipping tape from the new print cartridge. Discard the shipping tape according to
local regulations.
28 Chapter 2 Installation and configuration ENWW
6. Align the print cartridge with the tracks inside the device, and, using the handle, insert the print
cartridge until it is firmly seated, and then close the front door.
After a short time, the control panel should display Ready.
7. Installation is complete. Place the used print cartridge in the box in which the new cartridge arrived.
See the enclosed recycling guide for recycling instructions.
8. If you are using a non-HP print cartridge, check the device control panel for further instructions.
For additional help, go to www.hp.com/support/LJM3027mfp or www.hp.com/support/LJM3035mfp.
ENWW Install supplies 29
Install accessories
Install memory
You might want to add more memory to the device if you often print complex graphics, print PostScript
(PS) documents, or use many downloaded fonts. Added memory also gives you more flexibility in
supporting job-storage features, such as quick copying.
Install device memory
CAUTION Static electricity can damage DIMMs. When handling DIMMs, either wear an
antistatic wrist strap or frequently touch the surface of the DIMM antistatic package, then touch
bare metal on the device.
The HP LaserJet M3027/M3035 devices come with one DIMM slot. If desired, you can replace a DIMM
installed in the slot with a higher memory DIMM.
If you have not already done so, print a configuration page to find out how much memory is installed in
the device before adding more memory. See Use information pages on page 45.
1. After the configuration page has printed, turn the device off and disconnect the power cord.
2. Disconnect all interface cables.
30 Chapter 2 Installation and configuration ENWW
3. Remove the right side panel by sliding it towards the rear of the device until the side slides from
the device.
4. Open the access door by pulling on the metal tab.
5. Remove the DIMM from the antistatic package.
CAUTION To reduce the possibility of damage caused by static electricity, always wear
an electrostatic discharge (ESD) wrist strap or touch the surface of the antistatic package
before handling DIMMs.
ENWW Install accessories 31
6. Hold the DIMM by the edges, and align the notches on the DIMM with the DIMM slot. (Check that
the locks on each side of the DIMM slot are open.)
7. Press the DIMM straight into the slot, and press firmly. Make sure the locks on each side of the
DIMM snap into place.
NOTE To remove a DIMM, first release the locks.
32 Chapter 2 Installation and configuration ENWW
8. Close the access door, and press firmly until it snaps into place.
9. To replace the right side panel, line up the alignment arrows and slide the panel toward the front
of the device until it latches into place.
10. Reconnect the interface cable(s) and the power cord.
11. Turn the device on.
ENWW Install accessories 33
Check DIMM installation
After installing the DIMM, make sure that the installation was successful.
Verify that DIMM is installed correctly
1. Turn the device on. Check that the Ready light is illuminated after the device has gone through the
startup sequence. If an error message appears, a DIMM might have been incorrectly installed.
See Control-panel messages on page 201.
2. Print a configuration page (see Use information pages on page 45).
3. Check the memory section on the configuration page and compare it to the configuration page that
was printed before the memory installation. If the amount of memory has not increased, the DIMM
might not be installed correctly, or the DIMM might be defective. Repeat the installation procedure.
If necessary, install a different DIMM.
NOTE If you installed a device language (personality), check the "Installed Personalities and
Options" section on the configuration page. This area should list the new device language.
Enable memory for Windows
1. On the Start menu, Settings, and Printers or Printers and Faxes.
2. Select this device and select Properties.
3. On the Configure tab, click More.
4. In the Total Memory field, type or select the total amount of memory that is now installed.
5. Click OK.
34 Chapter 2 Installation and configuration ENWW
Use HP Jetdirect print server cards
Follow these procedures to install or remove an EIO card.
Install an HP Jetdirect print server card
1. Turn off the device.
2. Remove the two screws and cover plate from the EIO slot on the back of the device.
NOTE Do not discard the screws or the cover plate. Save them for future use if you remove
the EIO card.
3. Install the EIO card in the EIO slot and tighten the screws.
ENWW Install accessories 35
4. Connect the network cable to the EIO card.
5. Turn on the device, and then print a configuration page to verify that the new EIO device is
recognized. See Use information pages on page 45.
NOTE When you print a configuration page, an HP Jetdirect configuration page that contains
network configuration and status information also prints.
Remove an HP Jetdirect print server card
1. Turn off the device.
2. Disconnect the network cable from the EIO card.
3. Loosen the two screws from the EIO card, and then remove the EIO card from the EIO slot.
4. Place the cover plate from the EIO slot onto the back of the device. Insert and tighten the two
screws.
5. Turn on the device.
36 Chapter 2 Installation and configuration ENWW
3 Maintenance
Chapter contents
●Manage supplies
●Clean the device
●Management tools
ENWW Chapter contents 37
Manage supplies
Using, storing, and monitoring the print cartridge can help ensure high-quality output.
Supplies life
The average cartridge yield is 6,500 pages (for the Q7551A cartridge) or 13,000 pages (for the Q7551X
cartridge), in accordance with ISO/IEC 19752. Actual cartridge yield depends on specific use.
CAUTION The Economode feature allows the device to use less toner per page. Selecting
Economode extends the life of the toner supply and reduces the cost per page but reduces print
quality. The printed image is lighter but is adequate for printing drafts or proofs. Hewlett-Packard
does not recommend full-time use of Economode. If Economode is used full-time, the toner
supply might outlast the mechanical parts in the print cartridge. If print quality begins to degrade
under these circumstances, install a new print cartridge even if the print cartridge still contains
toner.
Approximate print-cartridge replacement intervals
Print cartridge Page count Approximate time period
1
Black (Q7551A) 6,500 pages
1
3 months
Black (Q7551X) 13,000 pages 6 months
1
Approximate life is based on 2,000 pages per month.
To order supplies online, go to www.hp.com/support/LJM3027mfp or www.hp.com/support/
LJM3035mfp .
38 Chapter 3 Maintenance ENWW
Manage the print cartridge
Print-cartridge storage
Do not remove the print cartridge from its package until you are ready to use it.
CAUTION To prevent damage to the print cartridge, do not expose it to light for more than a
few minutes.
Use genuine HP print cartridges
When you use a genuine new HP print cartridge, you can obtain the following supplies information:
●Percentage of supplies remaining
●Estimated number of pages remaining
●Number of pages printed
HP policy on non-HP print cartridges
Hewlett-Packard Company cannot recommend the use of non-HP print cartridges, either new or
remanufactured. Because they are not HP products, HP cannot influence their design or control their
quality.
NOTE Any damage caused by a non-HP print cartridge is not covered under the HP warranty
and service agreements.
To install a new HP print cartridge, see Change the print cartridge on page 27. To recycle the used
cartridge, follow the instructions included with the new cartridge.
Print-cartridge authentication
The device automatically authenticates the print cartridge when it is inserted into the device. During
authentication, the device notifies you whether a cartridge is a genuine HP print cartridge.
If the device control-panel message states that this is not a genuine HP print cartridge and you believe
you purchased an HP print cartridge, see HP fraud hotline and Web site on page 39.
HP fraud hotline and Web site
Call the HP fraud hotline (1-877-219-3183, toll-free in North America) or go to www.hp.com/go/
anticounterfeit when you install an HP print cartridge and the control-panel message says the cartridge
is non-HP. HP will help determine if the cartridge is genuine and take steps to resolve the problem.
Your print cartridge might not be a genuine HP print cartridge if you notice the following:
●You are experiencing a high number of problems with the print cartridge.
●The cartridge does not look like it usually does (for example, the orange pull tab is missing, or the
packaging differs from HP packaging).
ENWW Manage supplies 39
Clean the device
Over time, particles of toner and paper accumulate inside the device. This can cause print-quality
problems during printing. Cleaning the device eliminates or reduces these problems.
Clean the paper path and print-cartridge areas every time that you change the print cartridge or
whenever print-quality problems occur. As much as possible, keep the device from dust and debris.
Clean the exterior
Use a soft, damp, lint-free cloth to wipe dust, smudges, and stains off of the exterior of the device.
Clean the ADF
If the ADF has trouble feeding documents, clean the ADF pickup roller assembly.
1. Turn off the device and unplug the power cord.
2. Open the ADF cover.
3. Press the round blue button while lifting the green lever. Rotate the green lever until it stops in the
open position. The pickup roller assembly should remain on the surface.
40 Chapter 3 Maintenance ENWW
4. Remove the assembly, and then wipe the assembly with a soft, dry, lint-free cloth.
5. Replace the assembly, with the largest roller down, in the upright holder, and then press until the
assembly snaps into place.
6. Make sure that both sides of the assembly are secured by the blue hooks.
7. Lower the roller assembly, and then close the ADF cover.
ENWW Clean the device 41
8. Plug in the device, and then turn on the device.
Clean the scanner lid backing
Minor debris can accumulate on the white document lid backing that is located underneath the scanner
lid.
1. Open the scanner lid.
2. Clean the white document lid backing by using a soft cloth or sponge that has been moistened with
a mild soap and warm water.
3. Wash the backing gently to loosen debris; do not scrub the backing.
4. Dry the backing by using a chamois or soft cloth.
CAUTION Do not use paper-based wipes because they might scratch the backing.
5. If this does not clean the backing well enough, repeat the previous steps and use isopropyl alcohol
to dampen the cloth or sponge, and then wipe the backing thoroughly with a damp cloth to remove
any residual alcohol.
42 Chapter 3 Maintenance ENWW
Clean the scanner glass
Dirty glass, from fingerprints, smudges, hair, and so on, slows down performance and affects the
accuracy of special features such as fit-to-page and copy.
NOTE If streaks or other defects appear only on copies produced using the automatic document
feeder (ADF), clean the scanner strip (step 3). It is not necessary to clean the scanner glass.
1. Open the scanner lid.
2. Clean the glass by using a damp, lint-free cloth.
CAUTION Do not use abrasives, acetone, benzene, ammonia, ethyl alcohol, or carbon
tetrachloride on any part of the device; these can damage the device. Do not place liquids
directly on the glass. They might seep under it and damage the device.
3. Clean the scanner strip by using a damp, lint-free cloth.
ENWW Clean the device 43
Clean the fuser
Run the device cleaning page to keep the fuser free of toner and paper particles that can sometimes
accumulate. Accumulation of toner and particles can cause specks to appear on the front or back side
of your print jobs.
To ensure optimum print quality, HP recommends that you use the cleaning page every time that you
replace the print cartridge.
The cleaning procedure takes about 2.5 minutes to complete. A CLEANING message appears on the
device control panel display while the cleaning is taking place.
In order for the cleaning page to work correctly, print the page on copier-grade paper (not bond, heavy,
or rough paper).
Create and use the cleaning page
1. From the Home screen, touch Administration.
2. Touch Print Quality.
3. Touch Calibration/Cleaning.
4. Touch Create Cleaning Page.
The device prints a cleaning page.
5. Follow the instructions printed on the cleaning page.
Clean spilled toner
If you spill toner on your clothes, wash them in cold water. Hot water sets the toner into the fabric.
44 Chapter 3 Maintenance ENWW
Management tools
Use information pages
From the control panel, print pages that give details about the device and its current configuration. The
table below provides the instructions for printing the information pages.
Page description How to print the page
Menu map
Shows the control-panel menus and
available settings.
1. From the Home screen, touch Administration.
2. Touch Information.
3. Touch Configuration/Status Pages.
4. Touch Administration Menu Map.
5. Touch Print.
The content of the menu map varies, depending on the options currently installed in
the device.
For a complete list of control panel menus and possible values, see the user guide.
Configuration page
Shows device settings and installed
accessories.
1. From the Home screen, touch Administration.
2. Touch Information.
3. Touch Configuration/Status Pages.
4. Touch Configuration Page.
5. Touch Print.
NOTE If the device contains an HP Jetdirect print server or an optional hard
disk drive, additional configuration pages print that provide information about
those devices.
Supplies status page
Shows print-cartridge toner levels.
1. From the Home screen, touch Administration.
2. Touch Information.
3. Touch Configuration/Status Pages.
4. Touch Supplies Status Page.
5. Touch Print.
NOTE If you are using non-HP supplies, the supplies status page might not
show the remaining life for those supplies. For more information, see
HP policy on non-HP print cartridges on page 39.
Usage page
Shows a page count for each size of
paper printed, the number of one-sided
(simplexed) or two-sided (duplexed)
pages, and the average percentage of
coverage.
1. From the Home screen, touch Administration.
2. Touch Information.
3. Touch Configuration/Status Pages.
4. Touch Usage Page.
5. Touch Print.
ENWW Management tools 45
Page description How to print the page
File directory
Contains information for any mass
storage devices, such as flash drives,
memory cards, or hard disks, that are
installed in the device.
1. From the Home screen, touch Administration.
2. Touch Information.
3. Touch Configuration/Status Pages.
4. Touch File Directory.
5. Touch Print.
Fax reports
Five reports show fax activity, fax calls,
billing codes, blocked fax numbers, and
speed-dial numbers.
NOTE Fax reports are
available only on device
models that have fax
capabilties.
1. From the Home screen, touch Administration.
2. Touch Information.
3. Touch Fax Reports.
4. Touch one of the following buttons to print the corresponding report:
●Fax Activity Log
●Fax Call Report
●Billing Codes Report
●Blocked Fax List
●Speed Dial List
5. Touch Print.
For more information, see the fax guide that came with the device.
Font lists
Shows which fonts are currently
installed in the device.
1. From the Home screen, touch Administration.
2. Touch Information.
3. Touch Sample Pages/Fonts.
4. Touch either PCL Font List or PS Font List.
5. Touch Print.
NOTE The font lists also show which fonts reside on a hard disk accessory
or DIMM.
46 Chapter 3 Maintenance ENWW
Use the HP Easy Printer Care software
The HP Easy Printer Care software is a program that you can use for the following tasks:
●Check the device status.
●Check supplies status.
●Set up alerts.
●Gain access to problem-solving and maintenance tools.
You can use the HP Easy Printer Care software when the device is directly connected to your computer
or when it is connected to a network. You must perform a complete software installation to use the
HP Easy Printer Care software.
NOTE You do not have to have Internet access to open and use the HP Easy Printer Care
software. However, if you click a Web-based link, you must have Internet access to go to the site
associated with the link.
Open the HP Easy Printer Care software
Use one of the following methods to open HP Easy Printer Care software:
●On the Start menu, select Programs, select Hewlett-Packard, and then select HP Easy Printer
Care software.
●In the Windows system tray (in the lower-right corner of the desktop), double-click the HP Easy
Printer Care software icon.
●Double-click the desktop icon.
ENWW Management tools 47
HP Easy Printer Care software sections
Section Options
Device List tab
Shows information about
each device in the
Devices list
●Device information, including device name, make, and model
●An icon (if the View as drop-down box is set to Tiles, which is the default setting)
●Any current alerts for the device
If you click a device in the list, the HP Easy Printer Care software opens the Overview tab for that
device.
Supplies Ordering
window
Provides access to online
or e-mail supplies
ordering
●Ordering list: Shows the supplies that you can order for each device. If you want to order a
certain item, click the Order check box for that item in the supplies list.
●Shop Online for Supplies button: Opens the HP SureSupply Web site in a new browser
window. If you have checked the Order check box for any items, the information about those
items can be transferred to the Web site, where you will receive information on options for
purchasing your selected supplies.
●Print Shopping List button: Prints the information for the supplies that have the Order check
box selected.
Alert Settings window
Allows you to configure
the device to
automatically notify you
of device issues
●Alerts on or off: Activates or deactivates the alerts feature.
●When alerts appear: Sets when you want alerts to appear—either when you are printing to
that particular device, or anytime there is a device event.
●Alert event type: Sets whether you want alerts for only critical errors, or for any error, including
continuable errors.
●Notification method: Sets what type of alert should appear (pop-up message or desktop alert).
Overview tab
Contains basic status
information for the device
●Devices list: Shows the devices that you can select.
●Device Status section: Shows device status information. This section will indicate device alert
conditions, such as an empty print cartridge. It also shows device-identification information,
control-panel messages, and print-cartridge levels. After you correct a problem with the device,
click the button to update the section.
●Supplies Status section: Shows detailed supplies status, such as the percentage of toner
remaining in the print cartridge and the status of the media that is loaded in each tray.
●Supplies Details link: Opens the supplies status page to view more detailed information about
device supplies, ordering information, and recycling information.
Support tab
Provides help information
and links
●Provides device information, including alerts for items needing attention.
●Provides links to troubleshooting and maintenance tools.
Find Other Printers
window
Allows you to add more
printers to your printer list
Clicking the Find Other Printers link in the Devices list opens the Find Other Printers window.
The Find Other Printers window provides a utility that detects other network printers so that you
can add them to the Devices list and then monitor those devices from your computer.
48 Chapter 3 Maintenance ENWW
Use the embedded Web server
When the device is connected to the network, the embedded Web server is automatically available.
NOTE When the device is directly connected to a computer, use the HP Easy Printer Care
software to view the device status.
●View device control status information
●Set the type of paper loaded in each tray
●Determine the remaining life on all supplies and order new ones
●View and change tray configurations
●View and change the device control panel menu configuration
●View and print internal pages
●Receive notification of device and supplies events
●View and change network configuration
●View support content that is specific to the current state of the device
To use the embedded Web server, you must have Microsoft Internet Explorer 4 and later or Netscape
Navigator 4 and later. The embedded Web server works when the device is connected to an IP-based
network. The embedded Web server does not support IPX-based or AppleTalk device connections. You
do not need Internet access to open and use the embedded Web server.
Open the embedded Web server by using a network connection
1. In a supported Web browser on your computer, type the device IP address or host name in the
address/URL field. To find the IP address or host name, print a configuration page. See Use
information pages on page 45.
NOTE After you open the URL, you can bookmark it so that you can return to it quickly in
the future.
2. The embedded Web server has three tabs that contain settings and information about the device:
the Information tab, the Settings tab, and the Networking tab. Click the tab that you want to view.
See Embedded Web server sections on page 50 for more information about each tab.
ENWW Management tools 49
Embedded Web server sections
Tab or section Options
Information tab
Provides device, status, and
configuration information
●Device Status: Shows the device status and shows the life remaining of HP supplies,
with 0% indicating that a supply is empty. The page also shows the type and size of
print paper set for each tray. To change the default settings, click Change
Settings.
●Configuration Page: Shows the information found on the configuration page.
●Supplies Status: Shows the life remaining of HP supplies, with 0 percent indicating
that a supply is empty. This page also provides supplies part numbers. To order new
supplies, click Order Supplies in the Other Links area on the left side of the window.
●Event log: Shows a list of all device events and errors.
●Usage page: Shows a summary of the number of pages the device has printed,
grouped by size and type.
●Device Information: Shows the device network name, address, and model
information. To change these entries, click Device Information on the Settings tab.
●Control Panel: Shows messages from the device control panel, such as Ready
or Sleep mode on.
●Print: Allows you to send print jobs to the device.
Settings tab
Provides the ability to configure the
device from your computer
●Configure Device: Allows you to configure device settings. This page contains the
traditional menus found on devices using a control-panel display.
●E-mail Server: Network only. Used in conjunction with the Alerts page to set up
incoming and outgoing e-mail, as well as to set e-mail alerts.
●Alerts: Network only. Allows you to set up to receive e-mail alerts for various device
and supplies events.
●AutoSend: Allows you to configure the device to send automated e-mails regarding
device configuration and supplies to specific e-mail addresses.
●Security: Allows you to set a password that must be entered to gain access to the
Settings and Networking tabs. Enable and disable certain features of the
embedded Web server.
●Edit Other Links: Allows you to add or customize a link to another Web site. This
link is displayed in the Other Links area on all embedded Web server pages.
●Device Information: Allows you to name the device and assign an asset number to
it. Enter the name and e-mail address for the primary contact who will receive
information about the device.
●Language: Allows you to determine the language in which to display the embedded
Web server information.
●Date & Time: Allows time synchronization with a network time server.
●Wake Time: Allows you to set or edit a wake time for the device.
NOTE The Settings tab can be password-protected. If this device is on a
network, always consult with the system administrator before changing settings
on this tab.
50 Chapter 3 Maintenance ENWW
Tab or section Options
Digital Sending tab
Provides the ability to configure
digital sending options
●General Settings: Allows you to set digital-sending administrator information.
●Send to E-mail: Allows you to configure SMTP settings, set the maximum e-mail
attachment size, and set the default e-mail address for the device.
●Send to Fax: Allows you to configure the send-to-fax features for the device.
●Send to Folder: Allows you to send scanned documents to shared folders or FTP
sites.
●Addressing: Allows you to set features so that the device can obtain addresses
directly from the database of an LDAP server instead of from a replicated LDAP
Address Book.
●Address Book: Allows you to add a predefined list of destination addresses, in the
form of a comma-separated value (.CSV) file, to be imported into the internal address
book of the device.
●Log: Allows you to view digital sending job information, including any errors that
occur.
●Preferences: Allows you to configure general settings for the digital-sending
features.
Networking tab
Provides the ability to change
network settings from your
computer
Network administrators can use this tab to control network-related settings for the device
when it is connected to an IP-based network. This tab does not appear if the device is
directly connected to a computer, or if the device is connected to a network using anything
other than an HP Jetdirect print server.
NOTE The Networking tab can be password-protected.
Other links
Contains links that connect you to
the Internet
●HP Instant Support™: Connects you to the HP Web site to help you find solutions.
This service analyzes your device error log and configuration information to provide
diagnostic and support information specific to your device.
●Order Supplies: Connects to the HP SureSupply Web site, where you will receive
information on options for purchasing original HP supplies, such as print cartridges
and paper.
●Product Support: Connects to the support site for the device, from which you can
search for help regarding general topics.
NOTE You must have Internet access in order to use any of these links. If you
use a dial-up connection and did not connect when you first opened the
embedded Web server, you must connect before you can visit these Web sites.
Connecting might require that you close the embedded Web server and reopen
it.
ENWW Management tools 51
Use HP Web Jetadmin software
HP Web Jetadmin is a Web-based software solution for remotely installing, monitoring, and
troubleshooting network-connected peripherals. The intuitive browser interface simplifies cross-platform
management of a wide range of devices, including HP and non-HP devices. Management is proactive,
allowing network administrators the ability to resolve issues before users are affected. Download this
free, enhanced-management software at www.hp.com/go/webjetadmin_software.
To obtain plug-ins to HP Web Jetadmin, click plug-ins, and then click the download link that is next to
the name of the plug-in that you want. The HP Web Jetadmin software can automatically notify you
when new plug-ins are available. On the Product Update page, follow the directions to automatically
connect to the HP Web site.
If installed on a host server, HP Web Jetadmin is available to any client through a supported Web
browser, such as Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0 for Windows or Netscape Navigator 7.1 for Linux.
Browse to the HP Web Jetadmin host.
NOTE Browsers must be Java-enabled. Browsing from an Apple PC is not supported.
Use the HP Printer Utility for Macintosh
Use the HP Printer Utility to configure and maintain a device from a Mac OS X computer.
Open the HP Printer Utility
Open the HP Printer Utility in Mac OS X V10.2.8
1. Open the Finder, and then click Applications.
2. Click Library, and then click Printers.
3. Click hp, and then click Utilities.
4. Double-click HP Printer Selector to open the HP Printer Selector.
5. Select the device that you want to configure, and then click Utility.
Open the HP Printer Utility in Mac OS X V10.3, V10.4 and later
1. In the Dock, click the Printer Setup Utility icon.
NOTE If the Printer Setup Utility icon does not appear in the Dock, open the Finder,
click Applications, click Utilities, and then double-click Printer Setup Utility.
2. Select the device that you want to configure, and then click Utility.
52 Chapter 3 Maintenance ENWW
HP Printer Utility features
The HP Printer Utility consists of pages that you open by clicking in the Configuration Settings list.
The following table describes the tasks that you can perform from these pages.
Item Description
Configuration Page Prints a configuration page.
Supplies Status Shows the device supplies status and provides links for online supplies-ordering.
HP Support Provides access to technical assistance, online supplies ordering, online registration, and
recycling and return information.
File Upload Transfers files from the computer to the device.
Upload Fonts Transfers font files from the computer to the device.
Firmware Update Transfers updated firmware files from the computer to the device.
Duplex Mode Turns on the automatic two-sided printing mode.
Economode & Toner Density Turns on the Economode setting to conserve toner, or adjusts toner density.
Resolution Changes the resolution settings, including the REt setting.
Lock Resources Locks or unlocks storage products, such as a hard disk.
Stored Jobs Manages print jobs that are stored on the device hard disk.
Trays Configuration Changes the default tray settings.
IP Settings Changes the device network settings and provides access to the embedded Web server.
Bonjour Settings Provides the ability to turn on or off Bonjour support or change the device service name
that is listed on a network.
Additional Settings Provides access to the embedded Web server.
E-mail Alerts Configures the device to send e-mail notices for certain events.
ENWW Management tools 53
54 Chapter 3 Maintenance ENWW
4 Theory of operation
Chapter contents
●Basic operation
●Internal components
●Timing
●Print cartridge memory system
ENWW Chapter contents 55
Basic operation
This chapter presents an overview of the relationships among major components in the device, and
includes a detailed discussion of the image-formation system. The following systems are discussed:
●ADF/scanner system
●Formatter
●Engine control unit
●Laser/scanner system
●Pickup/feed/delivery system
●Image-formation system
Figure 4-1 Block diagram on page 56 illustrates the relationships between the systems.
HOST COMPUTER
ENGINE CONTROL UNIT
ADF/SCANNER
CONTROL PANEL
DISK DRIVE
FAX ACCESSORY
Figure 4-1 Block diagram
56 Chapter 4 Theory of operation ENWW
ADF/scanner system
ADF
If the ADF fails, it can be replaced as a whole-unit replacement part.
Sensors in the ADF
The ADF contains the following sensors:
●ADF-cover sensor. Detects whether the ADF cover is open or closed.
●Top-of-page sensor. Detects the top of the page before sending a page through the ADF and the
end of the page after feeding/scanning is complete.
●Paper-present sensor. Detects whether a document is present in the ADF. If paper is present in
the ADF when copies are made, the device scans the document using the ADF. If no paper is
present when copies are made, the device scans the document using the scanner glass.
ADF paper path
The ADF feeds documents past the ADF glass for scanning. Figure 4-2 ADF path for single-sided
documents on page 57 shows the path for single-sided documents.
12
3 4 5
6
7
8
Figure 4-2 ADF path for single-sided documents
1Separation pad 5ADF input tray
2Pickup roller 6Delivery/duplex-feed rollers
3Stack stop 7ADF glass
4 Pre-pick roller 8 ADF feed rollers
ENWW Basic operation 57
For two-sided documents, the delivery rollers reverse the direction of each page to feed the second side
of the document past the ADF glass. Figure 4-3 ADF path for two-sided documents on page 58 shows
the path for two-sided documents.
12
3 4 5
6
7
8
Figure 4-3 ADF path for two-sided documents
NOTE Callouts in Figure 4-3 ADF path for two-sided documents on page 58 are identical to
callouts in Figure 4-2 ADF path for single-sided documents on page 57 .
Scanner
If the scanner fails, it can be replaced as a whole-unit replacement part. The scanner replacement part
does not include the ADF or the control panel.
The scanner is a carriage-type platen scanner, which includes the frame, glass, an internal power-
supply, a scanner-controller PCA, and internal electronics and firmware. The ADF and control panel are
attached to the scanner assembly.
The scanner has a sensor that detects whether the scanner lid is open or closed.
58 Chapter 4 Theory of operation ENWW
Formatter
The formatter is responsible for the following actions:
●Controlling the ADF/scanner assembly
●Formatting and controlling copies
●Receiving and processing print data from the computer interface
●Monitoring the control panel and relaying device status information
●Developing and coordinating data placement and timing with the print engine
Figure 4-4 Formatter connections on page 59 shows the formatter connections.
5
6
4
3
2
113
12
11
10
9
8
7
Figure 4-4 Formatter connections
1Disk drive power 8Network port
2Disk drive interface 9FIH port
3ECU power 10 Type A Hi-Speed USB 2.0 connection for adding
accessories
4ECU interface
5ADF/scanner interface 11 Type B Hi-Speed USB 2.0 port
6Control panel interface 12 DIMM slot
7 Fax accessory interface 13 EIO connection
ENWW Basic operation 59
Engine control unit (ECU)
The ECU coordinates all device functions, according to commands that the formatter sends. It drives
the laser/scanner system, the image formation system, and the pickup/feed/delivery system.
The ECU contains the following components:
●Engine-controller PCA
●Low-voltage PCA
Figure 4-5 Print engine general structure on page 60 shows the relationship of the ECU to the pickup/
feed/delivery system, the laser/scanner system, and the image-formation system. Figure 4-6 Engine
control unit circuit diagram on page 61 provides the ECU circuit diagram. Figure 4-7 LVPS circuit
diagram on page 61 shows the low-voltage power supply circuit on the ECU.
METSYS RENNACS/RESAL
ror
r
im
gninna
cS
resaL
e
doid
Rear
output bin
D
B
tiucric
r
ettamroF
DEEF/PUKCIP
METSYS
ti
n
u
g
n
i
nae
l
C
Fuser
gnip
o
leveD
t
i
nu
EGAMI
NOITAMROF
METSYS
t
i
nu
deef xe
l
puD
r
ef
sn
arT
gnigrahc
r
e
ll
or
r
o
to
m
r
ennac
S
-otoh
P
evitisnes
murd
ECU
rellortnoc e
n
ignE
ACP
Tray 2
tin
u
pu
k
cip
Tray 1
Tray 1 pickup unit
Tray 2
y
r
a
mi
r
P
g
nig
r
ahc
re
l
lo
r
egatlov-hgiH
ACP
y
l
p
p
u
s
rew
o
P
noi
t
pO
Output bin
Figure 4-5 Print engine general structure
60 Chapter 4 Theory of operation ENWW
s
di
o
n
e
l
oS
no
i
tpO
s
r
o
t
oM
g
a
t
yrom
e
M
lo
r
tnocti
u
cr
i
c
egdi
r
t
r
a
C
t
in
u
userF
s
ros
n
e
S
egatlov-woL
ylppus rewop
tiucric
egatlov-h
g
iH
yl
pp
us
rewop
t
iuc
ric
ro
t
o
m
n
a
F
lor
t
noc
e
vi
r
d
tiuc
ric
snaF
se
hc
t
i
w
S
rosneS
srosneS U
P
C
1
0
4CI
ECU
r
o
t
o
m
r
en
n
acS
rev
i
r
d
r
esa
L
lortn
oc
F
I
oe
d
iV
ti
uc
ric
e
gatlov
-h
g
i
H
tiuc
ri
c
lo
rtnoc
lor
tn
oc
re
s
aL
ti
uc
ric
ro
t
o
m
r
e
nnac
S
tiucric
l
ortnoc
l
o
r
tno
c
e
c
n
e
uqe
S
t
iuc
ric
r
e
n
n
acs
/
res
a
L
tinu
Fuser
tiu
cric l
o
rtnoc
ret
t
a
mr
oF
Figure 4-6 Engine control unit circuit diagram
NOTE Figure 6-11 ECU connections on page 268 shows the ECU connections.
Fuser heater
control circuit
ECU
Figure 4-7 LVPS circuit diagram
ENWW Basic operation 61
Pickup/feed/delivery system
The pickup/feed/delivery system consists of several types of feed rollers and sensors. The ECU uses
two motors and two solenoids to drive the rollers. Three media-detection sensors detect media as it
passes through the device. If media does not reach or pass each sensor within a specified time period,
the ECU determines that a jam has occurred and alerts the formatter.
The following components work together to feed media through the device:
●M1, main motor
●M2, fuser motor
●SL1, tray 1 pickup solenoid
●SL2, tray 2 pickup solenoid
●PS502, duplexer media-detection sensor
●Output-bin-full sensor
●PS901, top-of-page sensor
●PS902, tray 1 media-detection sensor
●PS903, media-width sensor
●SR1, top output-bin delivery flag
●SR2, fuser-delivery flag
Figure 4-8 Pickup/feed/delivery system block diagram
62 Chapter 4 Theory of operation ENWW
Laser/scanner system
The laser/scanner system receives video signals from the ECU and the formatter and converts the
signals into latent images on the photosensitive drum.
Figure 4-9 Laser/scanner system
ENWW Basic operation 63
Image-formation system
Laser printing requires the interaction of several different technologies, including electronics, optics, and
electrophotographics, to provide a printed page.
Figure 4-10 Print cartridge diagram
Each process functions independently and must be coordinated with the other device processes. Image
formation consists of the following five processes:
●Electrostatic latent-image formation
●Developing
●Transfer
●Fusing
●Drum cleaning
The five processes contain eight steps, which are shown in the figureFigure 4-11 Image-formation
system on page 64 and described in the following sections.
Figure 4-11 Image-formation system
64 Chapter 4 Theory of operation ENWW
Step 1: Primary charging
Dc and ac biases are applied to the primary charging roller, which transfers a uniform negative potential
to the photosensitive drum.
Figure 4-12 Primary charging
Step 2: Laser beam exposure
The laser beam scans the photosensitive drum to neutralize negative charges on parts of the drum. An
electrostatic latent image is formed on the drum where negative charges were neutralized.
Step 3: Developing
The developing cylinder comes in contact with the photosensitive drum to deposit toner onto the
electrostatic latent image.
NOTE The charges on the exposed area of the drum are shown as positive in Figure 4-13
Developing on page 65. The charges are actually negative, but they are more positive than the
charges on the developing cylinder.
Figure 4-13 Developing
ENWW Basic operation 65
Toner acquires a negative charge through friction from the developing cylinder and the blade. When the
negatively charged toner comes in contact with the drum, the toner adheres to the electrostatic latent
image. The image on the drum becomes visible because of the toner.
Step 4: Transfer
The transfer charging roller, to which a dc positive bias is applied, imparts a positive charge on the print
media. When the print media comes in contact with the photosensitive drum, the toner is transferred to
the print media.
Media
Transfer roller
Photo-
sensitive
drum
Figure 4-14 Transfer
Step 5: Separation
The elasticity of the print media causes its separation from the photosensitive drum. A static charge
eliminator aids separation by weakening any electrostatic adhesion.
Figure 4-15 Separation
66 Chapter 4 Theory of operation ENWW
Step 6: Fusing
The dc negative bias applied to the fusing film strengthens the holding force of the toner on the print
media and prevents the toner from scattering.
Figure 4-16 Fusing
Step 7: Drum cleaning
The cleaning blade scrapes the residual toner off of the photosensitive drum and deposits it into the
waste toner case.
Figure 4-17 Drum cleaning
ENWW Basic operation 67
Internal components
Figure 4-18 Cross-section of device on page 68 highlights the major internal components.
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
17
16 15
14 12 11 10
918 13
Figure 4-18 Cross-section of device
1Top output-bin delivery roller 10 Tray 2 separation pad
2Fusing roller 11 Tray 2 pickup roller
3 Laser/scanner 12 Duplexer pickup roller
4Photosensitive drum 13 Feed roller
5Print cartridge 14 Transfer roller
6Registration shutter 15 Duplexer feed roller
7Tray 1 pickup roller 16 Oblique roller
8Tray 1 separation pad 17 Fuser pressure-roller
9 Tray 2 feed roller 18 Fuser delivery-roller
68 Chapter 4 Theory of operation ENWW
Timing
The microprocessor on the ECU controls the device operation sequences. Table 4-1 Operation
sequences on page 69 describes engine operations for each period of a print operation. Figure
4-19 Operational sequences on page 70 provides a graphical representation of the operation
sequences. Table 4-2 Power-on sequence on page 72 describes each step of the power-on
sequence. Table 4-3 Power-on sequence for the ADF/scanner assembly on page 72 describes the
ADF power-on sequence.
Table 4-1 Operation sequences
Name Timing Purpose
WAIT From power-on until the end of the main motor initial
drive
Detects presence of a print cartridge. Clears potential
from the drum surface and cleans the transfer roller.
SeeTable 4-2 Power-on sequence on page 72 for
a complete description of the WAIT (power-on)
period. Also see Figure 4-20 Timing diagram,
HP LaserJet M3027/M3035 on page 71 for detailed
information about device timing.
STBY (standby) From the end of the WAIT or LSTR period until either
a print command is sent from the formatter or the
power is turned off.
Prepares the device to receive print commands
INTR (initial
rotation)
From the time of the print command until the pickup
solenoid is turned on.
Prepares the photosensitive drum for printing.
PRINT From the end of the INTR period until the top-of-page
sensor detects the trailing edge of the media.
Forms the image on the photosensitive drum and
transfers the toner image to the media.
LSTR (last
rotation)
From the end of the PRINT period until the main
motor stops rotating.
Delivers the last page of a print job.
After LSTR, the device either returns to STBY or, if
another print command was sent from the formatter,
enters INTR.
ENWW Timing 69
NO rew
o
P
ybdnatS
tn
i
rP maJ
eruliaF
nep
o
roo
D
ezilaitinI
tia
W
Figure 4-19 Operational sequences
70 Chapter 4 Theory of operation ENWW
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
STBY
WAIT STBY
INTR PRINT LSTR
Print Command
Main Motor (M1)
Fuser Heater (H1)
Fuser Motor (M2)
Scanner Motor(M3)
Cassette Pickup Solenoid (SL1)
Tray 1 Pickup Solenoid (SL2)
Paper Feeder Pickup Solenoid (SL3)
Top of Page Sensor (PS801)
Delivery Sensor (PS803)
Primary Charging Bias (AC)
Primary Charging Bias (DC)
Developing Bias (AC)
Developing Bias (DC)
Transfer Charging Bias
Laser Diode
LASER BEAM signal (BD)
0.2
0.5
0.7
3.7
3.9
3.0 About 1.39
About 1.05 About 1.46
0.09 0.23
0.8
0.34
0.27
1.5
0.78
About 0.44
1.43
About 0.7
About 0.4
3.2 About 1.2
0.09 0.23
0.16 0.16 0.23
0.23
0.47
0.2
0.5
About 0.22
About 0.22
About 7.4
About 1.5
About 6.2
About 3.3
Power Switch ON
SEQUENCE
120°C Control
Negative Bias
120°C Control
Forced emission
(Unit:Seconds)
Figure 4-20 Timing diagram, HP LaserJet M3027/M3035
ENWW Timing 71
Table 4-2 Power-on sequence
Step Action
1Power-on
2CPU initialization
3Video-interface communication start
4Sensors check for residual media
5Main motor initial drive
6Fuser heater initial drive. The fuser heater reaches a surface temperature of 120°C.
7Fuser-motor initial drive
8Laser/scanner-motor initial drive
9High-voltage control
Detection of the presence of a print cartridge
Cleaning of the transfer roller after the primary charging ac bias is turned on
10 Failure/abnormality check: detection of laser/scanner failure, fuser failure, and open covers
11 Communication with the memory tag
Table 4-3 Power-on sequence for the ADF/scanner assembly
Step Action
1Power-on
2Initialize ADF and jam check
3Carriage-lock check
4Lamp warm-up
5Lamp-stability check
6Find reference-mark (for scanner right-side-edge location)
7AFE (analog front-end)
8 PRNU (photo-response non-uniformity) and DSNU (dark-signal non-uniformity) correction. This procedure is
performed with the lamp on. The carriage moves under the white calibration strip.
NOTE The lamp profile changes after 10 minutes of non-use. The device again performs lamp
warm-up and PRNU and DSNU correction.
72 Chapter 4 Theory of operation ENWW
Print cartridge memory system
The memory tag is a nonvolatile memory built into the print cartridge. The cartridge usage condition is
detected as the engine controller reads or writes the data stored on the memory tag. The engine
controller renews the information in the prescribed timing and reads or writes it from or to the memory
tag.
The engine controller commands the memory tag to read or write with the following conditions:
●Read
●Power is ON
●The top cover is closed
●A command has been received from the formatter
●Write
●A page of media is printed.
●A command has been received from the formatter
When the engine controller failed to read or write three times in a row, it determines that the memory
tag is abnormal and notifies the formatter of a "cartridge memory abnormality warning".
Figure 4-21 Print cartridge memory tag
ENWW Print cartridge memory system 73
74 Chapter 4 Theory of operation ENWW
5 Removal and replacement
Chapter contents
●Introduction
●Automatic document feeder (ADF) and scanner assemblies
●Covers
●Fax accessory
●Disk drive
●Formatter
●Stapler
●Stapler power-supply
●Right-side fan
●Engine control unit (ECU)
●Left-side riser
●Fuser
●Laser/scanner
●Access plate
●Oblique-roller assembly
●Left-side fan
●High-voltage power supply (HVPS)
●Feed-guide assembly
●Main motor
●Gear assembly
●Reinstallation notes for the gear assembly
●Tray 1 solenoid
●Tray 2 solenoid
ENWW Chapter contents 75
●Pickup assembly
●Tray 1 media-present sensor and top-of-page sensor
●E-label reader (memory tag)
●Face-down-roller shaft
●Cartridge door
●Transfer roller
●Registration assembly
●Tray 1 pickup roller
●Tray 2 pickup roller
●Separation pad
76 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
Introduction
This chapter documents removal and replacement of field replaceable units (FRUs) only.
Removal and replacement strategy
Replace parts in the reverse order of their removal. Directions for difficult or critical replacement
procedures are included.
WARNING! The sheet-metal edges of the device can be sharp. Use caution when working on
the device.
NOTE Note the length, diameter, color, type, and location of each screw. Be sure to return each
screw to its original location during reassembly.
Incorrectly routed or loose cables can interfere with other internal components and can become
damaged or broken. Frayed or pinched cables can be difficult to locate. When reconnecting the
cables, always use the provided wire loops, lance points, or cable guides.
Electrostatic discharge
CAUTION The device contains parts that are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always
service the device at an ESD-protected workstation, or use an ESD mat.
Watch for the ESD symbol (shown at left) to identify the parts that are sensitive to ESD. Protect these
parts by using an ESD wrist strap and by placing ESD-sensitive parts into protective ESD pouches.
User-replaceable parts
To remove and replace the pickup roller or separation pad, see Separation pad on page 189.
ENWW Introduction 77
Required tools
The following tools are needed to service this device:
●#2 Phillips screwdriver with magnetic tip
●Short Phillips screwdriver with magnetic tip (also known as a “stubby” screwdriver)
●Small flat-blade screwdriver
●Small needle-nose pliers
●ESD mat
●Small flashlight
CAUTION A pozidriv screwdriver will damage screw heads on the device. Use a #2 Phillips
screwdriver.
If you use a multispeed screwdriver, use a torque limiter.
Before performing service
Follow the pre-service procedures before you perform service.
Pre-service procedures
1. Remove all media from the device.
2. Place the device on an ESD mat. If an ESD mat or an ESD-protected workstation is not available,
discharge body static and ground the device chassis before servicing the device.
3. Unplug the power cord and the interface cable.
4. Lift the device off of any installed optional trays.
5. Remove the print cartridge.
CAUTION To prevent light from degrading the surface of the photosensitive drum, cover
the print cartridge after removing it from the device.
6. Remove tray 2.
78 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
Parts removal order
Each section contains a list of covers and assemblies that have to be removed before working on the
major assembly that is the subject of the section.
Control panel
Automatic document feeder (ADF)
Transfer roller
Tray 1 pickup roller
Tray 2 pickup roller
Right-side cover
Formatter shield
Disk drive
Formatter
Fax cover
Left-side cover
Back cover
I/O cover
Fuser
Access plate
Oblique-roller assembly
ADF/scanner assembly
Fax accessory
Registration assembly
Stapler
Back cover
I/O cover
Fax rail
Top cover
Fax accessory
Disk drive
Formatter
Stapler power-supply
Front, right cover
Right-side fan
Cartridge door
All covers and the ADF/scanner assembly
Left-side riser
Laser/scanner
E-label reader
Face-down-roller shaft
Left-side fan
Fax accessory
Disk drive
Formatter
Stapler
Stapler power-supply
Right-side fan
ECU
Tray 1 solenoid
Left-side riser
Access plate
Oblique-roller assembly
Left-side fan
High-voltage power supply (HVPS)
Feed-guide assembly
Main motor
Gear assembly
Tray 2 solenoid
Pickup assembly
Tray 1 media-present sensor
Top-of-page sensor
Figure 5-1 Parts removal diagram
ENWW Introduction 79
Automatic document feeder (ADF) and scanner assemblies
Automatic document feeder (ADF) and scanner assemblies
ADF assembly
The ADF cover and the ADF input tray need not be removed unless they require service.
ADF cover
1. Open the ADF cover.
2. Rotate the ADF cover firmly toward the left side of the device and down to release three tabs
(callout 1).
Figure 5-2 Removing the ADF cover
80 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 5-3 Reinstalling the ADF cover
Reinstallation tip When reinstalling the ADF cover, firmly press the three tabs until they click
into place. When the three tabs are installed correctly, the cover should close easily. If it does
not, open the ADF cover and check the tabs. Do not force the ADF cover closed. Forcing the
ADF cover closed can damage the cover.
ENWW Automatic document feeder (ADF) and scanner assemblies 81
ADF input tray
1. Open the ADF cover.
2. Pull the ADF input tray up firmly to release one tab (callout 1).
1
Figure 5-4 Removing the ADF input tray
82 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
Figure 5-5 Reinstalling the ADF input tray
Reinstallation tip When reinstalling the ADF input tray, slide the tray straight into place. ADF
jams and skew can result from incorrect reinstallation.
ENWW Automatic document feeder (ADF) and scanner assemblies 83
Control panel
1. Insert a flat-blade screwdriver into the gap at the left side of the control panel to disengage the
control panel and then lift up the front of the control panel.
Figure 5-6 Removing the control panel (1 of 2)
84 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
2. Disconnect one cable (callout 1).
1
Figure 5-7 Removing the control panel (2 of 2)
3. Lift the control panel off of the device.
ENWW Automatic document feeder (ADF) and scanner assemblies 85
2
Figure 5-8 Reinstalling the control panel
Reinstallation tip Make sure that you insert the tabs at the back of the control panel (callout 2)
into the slots.
86 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
ADF
1. Unscrew the thumb screws (callout 1) on the ADF cable at the back of the device and then unplug
the cable.
1
Figure 5-9 Removing the ADF (1 of 3)
ENWW Automatic document feeder (ADF) and scanner assemblies 87
2. Lift the ADF lid and then press the hinge-release tab (callout 2) toward the right side of the device.
2
Figure 5-10 Removing the ADF (2 of 3)
88 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
3. Lift the ADF off of the device.
Figure 5-11 Removing the ADF (3 of 3)
ENWW Automatic document feeder (ADF) and scanner assemblies 89
Scanner assembly
NOTE If you are not replacing the scanner assembly, but need to remove it in order to gain
access to assemblies inside the printer portion of the device, you can remove the scanner
assembly and ADF together. To remove the scanner assembly and ADF together, begin this
procedure with step 2.
1. Remove the ADF (see ADF assembly on page 80).
2. Remove the right-side cover (see Right-side cover on page 94), the formatter shield (see
Formatter shield on page 95), the fax cover (see Fax cover on page 96), and the left-side cover
(see Left-side cover on page 97).
3. Remove one cable from the cable guide (callout 1) and then disconnect the cable (callout 2) from
the formatter.
CAUTION Failure to remove the cable from the cable guide can cause damage to the
cable.
4. Disconnect the ribbon cable (callout 3) and then separate the power-cable connector (callout 4).
1
2
4
3
Figure 5-12 Removing the scanner assembly (1 of 4)
90 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
5. Remove one screw (callout 5) at the left side and two screws (callouts 6 and 7) at the back of the
device.
5
7
6
Figure 5-13 Removing the scanner assembly (2 of 4)
ENWW Automatic document feeder (ADF) and scanner assemblies 91
6. Slide the scanner assembly toward the back of the device until it stops.
Figure 5-14 Removing the scanner assembly (3 of 4)
Reinstallation tip Upon reinstallation, the stapler can block the scanner assembly from
moving into the correct position. If the assembly is blocked, open the stapler door and then
press down on the stapler as you try to slide the scanner assembly toward the front of the
device.
92 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
7. Lift the assembly straight up and off of the device.
Figure 5-15 Removing the scanner assembly (4 of 4)
ENWW Automatic document feeder (ADF) and scanner assemblies 93
Covers
Not all covers have to be removed to get to various FRUs. Use the list provided in each section to
determine which covers and other components must be removed.
Right-side cover
1. Slide the right-side cover toward the back of the device.
Figure 5-16 Removing the right-side cover
2. Lift the cover away from the device.
94 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
Formatter shield
1. Remove the right-side cover (see Right-side cover on page 94).
2. Rotate the formatter shield away from the front of the device, and then lift it off of its hinges (callout 1)
at the back of the device.
1
Figure 5-17 Removing the formatter shield
ENWW Covers 95
Fax cover
Pull the fax cover away from the back of the device.
Figure 5-18 Removing the fax cover
96 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
Left-side cover
1. Remove two screws (callout 1).
1
Figure 5-19 Removing the left-side cover (1 of 3)
2. Open the cartridge door.
3. Open the rear output bin all the way, and then press the output bin down firmly to disengage two
door-stops (callout 2 in Figure 5-20 Removing the left-side cover (2 of 3) on page 98).
ENWW Covers 97
4. Use a flat-blade screwdriver to press one tab (callout 3) toward the back of the device, and then
rotate the cover away from the back of the device.
2
3
Figure 5-20 Removing the left-side cover (2 of 3)
98 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
5. Slide the cover toward the front of the device to clear tabs at the front (callout 4), and then lift the
cover away from the device.
4
Figure 5-21 Removing the left-side cover (3 of 3)
ENWW Covers 99
Legal cover (dust cover)
1. Rotate the cover up to the horizontal position.
2. Flex the middle of the cover until one of the hinges is released from its slot.
3. Slide the cover toward the released hinge to release the other hinge.
100 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
Back cover
1. Remove the left-side cover (see Left-side cover on page 97) and leave the rear output bin all the
way open.
2. Remove two screws (callout 1).
1
Figure 5-22 Removing the back cover (1 of 2)
ENWW Covers 101
3. Release one tab (callout 2) inside the device and then rotate the bottom of the cover away from
the device.
2
Figure 5-23 Removing the back cover (2 of 2)
4. Lift the cover away from the device.
102 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
I/O cover
1. Remove the back cover (see Back cover on page 101).
2. Rotate the I/O cover to clear tabs at the right side of the cover.
Figure 5-24 Removing the I/O cover
3. Lift the cover off of the device.
ENWW Covers 103
Fax rail
1. Remove the following components:
●Right-side cover (see Right-side cover on page 94)
●Formatter shield (see Formatter shield on page 95)
●Fax cover (see Fax cover on page 96)
●Left-side cover (see Left-side cover on page 97)
●Back cover (see Back cover on page 101)
●I/O cover (see I/O cover on page 103)
●ADF/scanner assembly (see Scanner assembly on page 90)
2. Remove two screws (callout 1).
1
Figure 5-25 Removing the fax rail
3. Lift the fax rail off of the device.
104 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
Top cover
1. Remove the following components:
●Right-side cover (see Right-side cover on page 94)
●Formatter shield (see Formatter shield on page 95)
●Fax cover (see Fax cover on page 96)
●Left-side cover (see Left-side cover on page 97)
●Back cover (see Back cover on page 101)
●I/O cover (see I/O cover on page 103)
●ADF/scanner assembly (see Scanner assembly on page 90)
●Fax rail (see Fax rail on page 104)
2. Remove two screws (callout 1) from each side of the device (a total of four screws).
1
Figure 5-26 Removing the top cover (1 of 3)
ENWW Covers 105
3. Squeeze the cover at the back of the device to release two tabs and lift up the cover slightly.
Figure 5-27 Removing the top cover (2 of 3)
106 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
4. Slide the cover toward the front of the device to clear the tabs (callout 2) at the front of the device.
2
3
Figure 5-28 Removing the top cover (3 of 3)
5. Lift the cover off of the device.
Reinstallation tip The grounding connection (callout 3) can become caught in the chassis
when lifting the cover. Make sure that it is still attached to the cover before you reinstall the cover.
ENWW Covers 107
4
Figure 5-29 Reinstalling the top cover
Reinstallation tip After reinstalling the cover, make sure that the exit-sensor flag (callout 4)
moves freely.
108 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
Front, right cover
1. Remove the right-side cover (see Right-side cover on page 94).
2. Remove two screws (callout 1).
1
Figure 5-30 Removing the front, right cover (1 of 2)
ENWW Covers 109
3. Rotate the cover away from the back of the device to clear two tabs (callout 2) at the front of the
device.
2
Figure 5-31 Removing the front, right cover (2 of 2)
4. Lift the cover away from the device.
110 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
Fax accessory
1. Remove the following components:
●Right-side cover (see Right-side cover on page 94)
●Formatter shield (see Formatter shield on page 95)
●Fax cover (see Fax cover on page 96)
●ADF/scanner assembly (see Scanner assembly on page 90)
2. Disconnect one cable (callout 1) from the fax accessory.
1
Figure 5-32 Removing the fax accessory (1 of 2)
ENWW Fax accessory 111
3. Slide the fax accessory toward the back and out of the device.
Figure 5-33 Removing the fax accessory (2 of 2)
112 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
Disk drive
1. Remove the right-side cover (see Right-side cover on page 94) and the formatter shield (see
Formatter shield on page 95).
2. Disconnect two cables (callout 1) and remove one screw (callout 2).
2
1
Figure 5-34 Removing the disk drive (1 of 3)
3. Slide the disk drive up slightly to clear three tabs from the tab slots (callout 3 in Figure 5-35
Removing the disk drive (2 of 3) on page 114), and then lift the disk drive away from the device.
Reinstallation tip Upon reinstallation, make sure that all three tabs are inserted correctly
into the slots. Also make sure that the screw-hole tab on the disk drive housing is on top of
the tab in the device.
NOTE If you are replacing the disk drive, complete the additional steps below. If you are
removing the disk drive in order to replace the formatter or other parts, there is no need to
complete the remaining steps in this section.
ENWW Disk drive 113
4. Remove two screws (callout 4) from the metal housing.
3
4
Figure 5-35 Removing the disk drive (2 of 3)
114 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
5. Open the metal-housing door, remove the disk drive from the metal housing, and then disconnect
two cables (callout 5).
5
Figure 5-36 Removing the disk drive (3 of 3)
ENWW Disk drive 115
Formatter
1. Remove the following components:
●Right-side cover (see Right-side cover on page 94)
●Formatter shield (see Formatter shield on page 95)
●Disk drive (see Disk drive on page 113)
NOTE Removing the disk drive is not a required step. However, you might find it
easier to remove the formatter if you have already removed the disk drive.
2. Disconnect three cables (callout 1) from the top of the formatter.
3. Disconnect four cables (callout 2) from the left side (toward the front of the device) of the formatter.
4. Remove six screws (callout 3).
1
3
2
Figure 5-37 Removing the formatter
5. Lift up the formatter slightly to clear one tab at the bottom, rotate the left edge of the formatter (at
the front of the device) away from the device, and then slide the formatter toward the front of the
device to remove it.
116 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
Stapler
1. Remove the following components:
●Right-side cover (see Right-side cover on page 94)
●Formatter shield (see Formatter shield on page 95)
●Fax cover (see Fax cover on page 96)
●Left-side cover (see Left-side cover on page 97)
●ADF/scanner assembly (see Scanner assembly on page 90)
2. Remove one screw (callout 1) from the stapler cover and then lift the cover off of the device.
1
Figure 5-38 Removing the stapler (1 of 3)
ENWW Stapler 117
3. Remove two screws (callout 2) from the stapler bracket.
2
Figure 5-39 Removing the stapler (2 of 3)
Reinstallation tip Be careful not to pinch the stapler cables when reinstalling and
tightening the screws.
118 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
4. Lift the stapler out of the device and then disconnect one cable (callout 3) from the back of the
stapler.
3
Figure 5-40 Removing the stapler (3 of 3)
ENWW Stapler 119
4
5
Figure 5-41 Reinstalling the stapler (1 of 3)
Reinstallation tip For correct placement, insert the metal tab at the back of the stapler
(callout 4) into the slot in the chassis (callout 5). The following figure shows correct placement of
the metal tab in callout 6 and incorrect placement of the metal tab in callout 7.
67
Figure 5-42 Reinstalling the stapler (2 of 3) – correct (callout 6) and incorrect (callout 7) reinstallation
of the metal tab.
120 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
8
Figure 5-43 Reinstalling the stapler (3 of 3)
Reinstallation tip Make sure that the actuator rod (callout 8) is inserted into the hole in the
stapler and that it moves freely.
Stapler testing – to be performed after the device is fully reassembled
WARNING! Incorrect reinstallation of the stapler can cause the stapler-door switch to operate
incorrectly, resulting in a safety hazard. Test the stapler for correct operation before releasing
the device back to the customer.
Final stapler-test procedure
Test #1: Does the stapler operate correctly when the stapler door is closed?
With the stapler door closed, use the stapler to staple several sheets of paper together. The stapler
should staple the sheets.
Test #2 (safety-switch test): Does the stapler operate when the stapler door is open?
Open the stapler door and attempt to use the stapler to staple several sheets of paper together. When
the stapler and stapler door safety-switch are operating correctly, the open door cuts power to the stapler
and the stapler does not staple the sheets.
ENWW Stapler 121
WARNING! Do not release the device back to the customer unless the stapler passes both of
the tests. If the stapler fails either test, remove the stapler and then reinstall it by carefully following
the installation steps shown in this manual. If the stapler continues to fail one or both tests, replace
the stapler and the stapler power supply.
If the staple activates when the stapler door is open, and the stapler cannot be repaired without
ordering parts, disconnect the stapler power supply before reassembling the device and before
you leave the customer site. When the stapler power supply is disconnected, the customer can
safely operate all device functions, except for stapling, while waiting for repair of the stapler.
122 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
Stapler power-supply
1. Remove the following components:
●All covers except for the top cover and the right, front cover (see Covers on page 94)
●ADF/scanner assembly (see Scanner assembly on page 90)
●Fax accessory (see Fax accessory on page 111)
●Formatter (see Formatter on page 116)
●Stapler (see Stapler on page 117)
2. Remove two screws (callout 1) from the side of the I/O plate and one screw (callout 2) from the
back of the plate.
1
2
Figure 5-44 Removing the stapler power supply (1 of 5)
ENWW Stapler power-supply 123
3. Lift the I/O plate up slightly to dislodge it from the tabs (callout 3) on the ECU plate, and then slide
it toward the back and off of the device.
3
Figure 5-45 Removing the stapler power supply (2 of 5)
124 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
4. Remove three screws (callout 4) from the stapler-power-supply plate.
4
Figure 5-46 Removing the stapler power supply (3 of 5)
ENWW Stapler power-supply 125
5. Slide the stapler-power-supply plate toward the back of the device until it stops, and then guide
cables through a hole in the stapler-power-supply plate while lifting the plate straight away from
the device.
Figure 5-47 Removing the stapler power supply (4 of 5)
Reinstallation tip Guide the cables through the hole in the stapler-power-supply plate
before attaching the plate.
126 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
6. Unplug the power-supply cable (callout 5) and then remove one screw (callout 6) to release the
power-supply cover.
6
5
Figure 5-48 Removing the stapler power supply (5 of 5)
7. Lift the cover off of the power supply and then lift the power supply off of the plate.
ENWW Stapler power-supply 127
Right-side fan
1. Remove the following components:
●All covers except for the top cover (see Covers on page 94)
●ADF/scanner assembly (see Scanner assembly on page 90)
●Fax accessory (see Fax accessory on page 111)
●Disk drive (see Disk drive on page 113)
●Formatter (see Formatter on page 116)
●Stapler (see Stapler on page 117) and stapler power-supply (see Stapler power-supply
on page 123)
2. Remove the grounding wire (callout 1) from the fan housing.
1
Figure 5-49 Removing the right-side fan (1 of 3)
128 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
3. Remove three screws (callout 2) from the clip-tray/stapler housing assembly and then lift the
assembly off of the device.
2
3
Figure 5-50 Removing the right-side fan (2 of 3)
Reinstallation tip When reinstalling the clip-tray/stapler-housing assembly, route the
scanner power cable (callout 3) through an opening in the assembly.
ENWW Right-side fan 129
4. Disconnect the fan cable (callout 4) at the ECU and then remove two screws (callout 5).
5
4
Figure 5-51 Removing the right-side fan (3 of 3)
5. Slide the fan out of the device.
130 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
Engine control unit (ECU)
1. Remove the following components:
●All of the covers (see Covers on page 94) and the ADF/scanner assembly (see Scanner
assembly on page 90)
●Fax accessory (see Fax accessory on page 111)
●Disk drive (see Disk drive on page 113)
●Formatter (see Formatter on page 116)
●Stapler (see Stapler on page 117) and stapler power-supply (see Stapler power-supply
on page 123)
●Right-side fan (see Right-side fan on page 128)
2. Disconnect ten cables (callout 1) from the ECU.
3. Remove two screws (callout 2—one from the right-side riser and one from the ECU plate).
2
1
Figure 5-52 Removing the ECU (1 of 6)
ENWW Engine control unit (ECU) 131
4. Remove five screws (callout 3) at the back of the device.
3
Figure 5-53 Removing the ECU (2 of 6)
132 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
5. Remove three screws (callout 4) from the right-side riser and then lift the riser off of the device.
Also remove two screws (callout 5) from the ECU plate.
4
5
Figure 5-54 Removing the ECU (3 of 6)
ENWW Engine control unit (ECU) 133
6. Disconnect two sensor cables (callout 6) and the fuser power cable (callout 7).
6
7
Figure 5-55 Removing the ECU (4 of 6)
134 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
7. Unplug the laser/scanner ribbon cable (callout 8) from the laser/scanner and disconnect one inline
connector (callout 9). Then, unwind the front-door microswitch cable from the cable guides and
then remove the microswitch (callout 10) from its housing.
9
10
Figure 5-56 Removing the ECU (5 of 6)
Figure 5-57 Reinstalling the front-door microswitch cable
Reinstallation tip Upon reinstallation, replace the microswitch in its housing and then
route the cable as shown in Figure 5-57 Reinstalling the front-door microswitch cable
on page 135.
ENWW Engine control unit (ECU) 135
8. Lift up the ECU slightly and rotate the top of the ECU away from the device. After it is rotated,
disconnect one ribbon cable (callout 11) from the ECU.
11
Figure 5-58 Removing the ECU (6 of 6)
9. Lift the ECU off of the device.
NOTE The ECU and the ECU pan together are a single FRU. You do not have to separate the
ECU and the ECU pan.
136 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
12
13
Figure 5-59 Reinstalling the ECU
Reinstallation tip Make sure that the power switch (callout 12) fits into the correct position in
the switch link (callout 13).
ENWW Engine control unit (ECU) 137
Left-side riser
1. Remove all covers (see Covers on page 94) and the ADF/scanner assembly (see Scanner
assembly on page 90)
2. Remove four screws (callout 1).
1
Figure 5-60 Removing the left-side riser
3. Lift the left-side riser off of the device.
138 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
Fuser
1. Remove the back cover (see Back cover on page 101) and the I/O cover (see I/O cover
on page 103).
2. Remove the duplexer inlet guide by releasing two tabs (callout 1) on the guide, and then sliding
the guide toward the back of the device.
1
Figure 5-61 Removing the fuser (1 of 3)
Reinstallation tip Make sure that both tabs snap into place when reinstalling the duplexer
inlet guide.
ENWW Fuser 139
3. Disconnect the fuser power cable (callout 2) and remove the cable from the cable guide (callout 3).
Also disconnect two cables (callout 4) at the right side of the fuser and remove one of the cables
from the cable guide (callout 5).
3
2
5
4
Figure 5-62 Removing the fuser (2 of 3)
140 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
4. Remove three self-tapping screws (callout 6) and one grounding screw (callout 7).
6
7
Figure 5-63 Removing the fuser (3 of 3)
5. Tilt the fuser slightly toward the back of the device, and then slide the fuser out of the back of the
device.
ENWW Fuser 141
Laser/scanner
1. Remove all covers (see Covers on page 94) and the ADF/scanner assembly (see Scanner
assembly on page 90).
2. Release one tab (callout 1) on the air duct, and then lift the air duct out of the device.
1
Figure 5-64 Removing the laser/scanner (1 of 2)
142 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
3. Disconnect two cables (callout 2) and then remove four screws (callout 3).
Figure 5-65 Removing the laser/scanner (2 of 2)
4. Lift the laser/scanner out of the device.
ENWW Laser/scanner 143
Access plate
1. Remove the following components:
●Left-side cover (see Left-side cover on page 97)
●Back cover (see Back cover on page 101)
●I/O cover (see I/O cover on page 103)
●Duplexer inlet guide (see Figure 5-61 Removing the fuser (1 of 3) on page 139)
2. At the front of the device, push the green button on the top, right front of the tray 2 opening to
release the access plate.
Figure 5-66 Removing the access plate (1 of 2)
144 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
3. At the back of the device, press one tab (callout 1) to release the access plate, and then lower the
access plate until the other side slides off of the other tab (callout 2).
NOTE You might have to pry the tab with a flat-blade screwdriver. If you bend the tab,
straighten the tab before you reinstall the plate.
1
2
Figure 5-67 Removing the access plate (2 of 2)
4. Slide the plate out of the device.
CAUTION Make sure that you do not damage the spring that is attached to the plate.
ENWW Access plate 145
Oblique-roller assembly
1. Remove the following components:
●Left-side cover (see Left-side cover on page 97)
●Back cover (see Back cover on page 101)
●I/O cover (see I/O cover on page 103)
●Duplexer inlet guide (see Figure 5-61 Removing the fuser (1 of 3) on page 139)
●Access plate (see Access plate on page 144)
2. At the bottom of the device, remove the two screws (callout 1) that secure the oblique-roller
assembly to the device, and then lift the assembly from the device.
1
Figure 5-68 Removing the oblique-roller assembly
146 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
3
2
Figure 5-69 Reinstalling the oblique-roller assembly
Reinstallation tip To reinstall the oblique-roller assembly, first make sure that the tab (callout 2)
is parallel to the assembly. Then line up the the roller shaft (callout 3) with its hole on the assembly
and rotate the assembly into place. Rotate the roller toward the back of the device to align the
gears.
ENWW Oblique-roller assembly 147
Left-side fan
1. Remove all of the covers (see Covers on page 94) and the ADF/scanner assembly (see Scanner
assembly on page 90).
2. Disconnect the left-side-fan cable from the ECU.
3. Remove two screws (callout 1) at the left side of the device and then lift the fan plate and fan straight
away from the hole in the chassis.
NOTE Do not disconnect the left-side-fan cable from the fan. Instead, unroute the fan cable
starting at the ECU connector.
1
Figure 5-70 Removing left-side fan
148 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
High-voltage power supply (HVPS)
1. Remove the following components:
●All covers (see Covers on page 94) and the ADF/scanner assembly (see Scanner
assembly on page 90)
●Fax accessory (see Fax accessory on page 111)
●Disk drive (see Disk drive on page 113)
●Formatter (see Formatter on page 116)
●Stapler (see Stapler on page 117) and stapler power-supply (see Stapler power-supply
on page 123)
●ECU (see Engine control unit (ECU) on page 131)
●Left-side riser (see Left-side riser on page 138)
●Access plate (see Access plate on page 144)
●Oblique-roller assembly (see Oblique-roller assembly on page 146)
●Left-side fan (see Left-side fan on page 148)
Tip You do not have to unroute the left-side-fan cable in order to remove the HVPS.
After removing the fan from its hole in the chassis, simply set the fan down on the
workspace.
2. Tip the device so that it rests on its top.
ENWW High-voltage power supply (HVPS) 149
3. Remove one grounding screw from inside the slot (callout 1) for the flat ribbon cable.
1
Figure 5-71 Removing the HVPS (1 of 5)
150 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
4. At the left side of the device, disconnect one cable (callout 2) and then remove two screws
(callout 3).
2
3
Figure 5-72 Removing the HVPS (2 of 5)
Reinstallation tip Remember how the cable is threaded and connected to the device.
ENWW High-voltage power supply (HVPS) 151
5. Remove two screws (callout 4) from the ribbon-cable protector (callout 5) and then lift the protector
out of the device.
4
5
Figure 5-73 Removing the HVPS (3 of 5)
152 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
6. Guide the ribbon cable (callout 6) through the hole in the chassis and then remove the remaining
three screws (callout 7) from the HVPS pan.
6
7
Figure 5-74 Removing the HVPS (4 of 5)
ENWW High-voltage power supply (HVPS) 153
7. Lift the edge of the HVPS pan and then disconnect two cables (callout 8) from the HVPS.
8
Figure 5-75 Removing the HVPS (5 of 5)
NOTE The HVPS pan and the HVPS together are a single FRU. You do not have to separate
the HVPS from the pan.
154 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
9
Figure 5-76 Grounding-spring locations
Reinstallation tip As you remove the power supply, note the locations of the grounding springs.
You might need to reinstall one non-captive spring (callout 9) before reinstalling the power supply.
ENWW High-voltage power supply (HVPS) 155
Feed-guide assembly
1. Remove the following components:
●All of the covers (see Covers on page 94) and the ADF/scanner assembly (see Scanner
assembly on page 90)
●Fax accessory (see Fax accessory on page 111)
●Disk drive (see Disk drive on page 113)
●Formatter (see Formatter on page 116)
●Stapler (see Stapler on page 117) and stapler power-supply (see Stapler power-supply
on page 123)
●ECU (see Engine control unit (ECU) on page 131)
●Left-side riser (see Left-side riser on page 138)
●Access plate (see Access plate on page 144)
●Fuser (see Fuser on page 139)
●Oblique-roller assembly (see Oblique-roller assembly on page 146)
●Left-side fan (see Left-side fan on page 148)
Tip You do not have to unroute the left-side-fan cable in order to remove the HVPS
or the feed-guide assembly. After removing the fan from its hole in the chassis, simply
set the fan down on the workspace.
●High-voltage power supply (see High-voltage power supply (HVPS) on page 149)
2. Lift one non-captive grounding spring (see callout 9 in Figure 5-76 Grounding-spring locations
on page 155) out of the device.
3. Loosen the grounding wire from the routing guides (see callout 1 in Figure 5-77 Removing the feed-
guide assembly (1 of 2) on page 157).
CAUTION Do not bend or remove the grounding wire.
156 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
4. Remove two screws (callout 2).
2
1
Figure 5-77 Removing the feed-guide assembly (1 of 2)
ENWW Feed-guide assembly 157
5. On the edge of the assembly that is farthest from you, lift the right corner up, twist the assembly
counterclockwise, and remove the assembly from the device.
Figure 5-78 Removing the feed-guide assembly (2 of 2)
Reinstallation tip Make sure that the loosened grounding wire is out of the way before
reinstalling the feed-guide assembly.
158 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
Main motor
1. Remove the following components:
●All of the covers (see Covers on page 94) and the ADF/scanner assembly (see Scanner
assembly on page 90)
●Fax accessory (see Fax accessory on page 111)
●Disk drive (see Disk drive on page 113)
●Formatter (see Formatter on page 116)
●Stapler (see Stapler on page 117) and stapler power-supply (see Stapler power-supply
on page 123)
●ECU (see Engine control unit (ECU) on page 131)
●Left-side riser (see Left-side riser on page 138)
●Access plate (see Access plate on page 144)
●Fuser (see Fuser on page 139)
●Oblique-roller assembly (see Oblique-roller assembly on page 146)
●Left-side fan (see Left-side fan on page 148)
Tip You do not have to unroute the left-side-fan cable in order to remove the HVPS,
the feed-guide assembly, or the main motor. After removing the fan from its hole in the
chassis, simply set the fan down on the workspace.
●High-voltage power supply (see High-voltage power supply (HVPS) on page 149)
●Feed-guide assembly (see Feed-guide assembly on page 156)
ENWW Main motor 159
2. Remove three screws (callout 1) from the main motor cover and then lift the cover out of the device.
1
Figure 5-79 Removing the main motor (1 of 2)
WARNING! The teeth on the static-eliminator sheet are sharp. Be careful not to cut
yourself on the static-eliminator teeth when removing screws in the area of the main motor.
160 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
3. Remove three screws (callout 2), unroute the main-motor cable, and then lift the motor out of the
device.
2
Figure 5-80 Removing the main motor (2 of 2)
NOTE Do not attempt to disconnect the cable at the main motor. The cable is permanently
connected to the main motor.
ENWW Main motor 161
Gear assembly
1. Remove the following components:
●All of the covers (see Covers on page 94) and the ADF/scanner assembly (see Scanner
assembly on page 90)
●Fax accessory (see Fax accessory on page 111)
●Disk drive (see Disk drive on page 113)
●Formatter (see Formatter on page 116)
●Stapler (see Stapler on page 117) and stapler power-supply (see Stapler power-supply
on page 123)
●ECU (see Engine control unit (ECU) on page 131)
●Left-side riser (see Left-side riser on page 138)
●Access plate (see Access plate on page 144)
●Fuser (see Fuser on page 139)
●Oblique-roller assembly (see Oblique-roller assembly on page 146).
●Left-side fan (see Left-side fan on page 148)
Tip You do not have to unroute the left-side-fan cable in order to remove the HVPS,
the feed-guide assembly, or the gear assembly. After removing the fan from its hole in
the chassis, simply set the fan down on the workspace.
●High-voltage power supply (see High-voltage power supply (HVPS) on page 149)
●Feed-guide assembly (see Feed-guide assembly on page 156)
162 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
2. Remove two screws (callout 1) from the switch-link assembly, slide the assembly toward the front
of the device, and then lift it out of the device.
1
Figure 5-81 Removing the gear assembly (1 of 2)
ENWW Gear assembly 163
3. Remove cables from four cable guides (callout 2) and then remove four screws (callout 3) from the
gear-assembly plate.
NOTE Make sure that you duplicate the cable routing when you reinstall the assembly.
2
33
Figure 5-82 Removing the gear assembly (2 of 2)
4. Pull the gear assembly straight away from the device.
NOTE The spring (callout 4 in Figure 5-83 Reinstalling the gear assembly on page 165)
is not attached to the gear-assembly plate or to the large gear. As a result, the spring might
fall out of the device when you remove the gear assembly.
164 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
Reinstallation notes for the gear assembly
Reinstallation tip Close the cartridge door and press the large gear against the device chassis
before you start to reinstall the gear assembly.
Reinstallation tip The spring (callout 4) has a locating pin that must be inserted into the small
hole in the gear-assembly plate before reinstallation.
Reinstallation tip Use the rod (callout 5) on the gear-assembly plate as a locator to find the
correct position for the gear assembly. Insert the rod into the hole in the lower gear on the device
chassis.
Reinstallation tip Be careful not to catch any cables behind the gear-assembly plate when
reinstalling the screws.
5
4
Figure 5-83 Reinstalling the gear assembly
ENWW Reinstallation notes for the gear assembly 165
Tray 1 solenoid
1. Remove the following components:
●All covers (see Covers on page 94) and the ADF/scanner assembly (see Scanner
assembly on page 90)
●Fax accessory (see Fax accessory on page 111)
●Disk drive (see Disk drive on page 113)
●Formatter (see Formatter on page 116)
●Stapler (see Stapler on page 117) and stapler power-supply (see Stapler power-supply
on page 123)
●Right side fan (see Right-side fan on page 128)
●ECU (see Engine control unit (ECU) on page 131)
2. Remove one screw (callout 1).
1
Figure 5-84 Removing the tray 1 solenoid
3. Lift the solenoid off of the device chassis.
166 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
Tray 2 solenoid
1. Remove the following components:
●All covers (see Covers on page 94) and the ADF/scanner assembly (see Scanner
assembly on page 90)
●Fax accessory (see Fax accessory on page 111)
●Disk drive (see Disk drive on page 113)
●Formatter (see Formatter on page 116)
●Stapler (see Stapler on page 117) and stapler power-supply (see Stapler power-supply
on page 123)
●Right-side fan (see Right-side fan on page 128)
●ECU (see Engine control unit (ECU) on page 131)
●High-voltage power supply (see High-voltage power supply (HVPS) on page 149)
●Gear assembly (see Gear assembly on page 162)
2. Remove one screw (callout 1).
1
Figure 5-85 Removing the tray 2 solenoid
3. Lift the solenoid off of the device chassis.
ENWW Tray 2 solenoid 167
Pickup assembly
1. Remove the following components:
●All of the covers (see Covers on page 94) and the ADF/scanner assembly (see Scanner
assembly on page 90)
●Disk drive (see Disk drive on page 113)
●Formatter (see Formatter on page 116)
●Stapler (see Stapler on page 117) and stapler power-supply (see Stapler power-supply
on page 123)
●ECU (see Engine control unit (ECU) on page 131)
●Left-side riser (see Left-side riser on page 138)
●Access plate (see Access plate on page 144)
●Fuser (see Fuser on page 139)
●Oblique-roller assembly (see Oblique-roller assembly on page 146).
●Left-side fan (see Left-side fan on page 148)
Tip You do not have to unroute the left-side-fan cable in order to remove the HVPS,
the feed-guide assembly, the gear assembly, or the pickup assembly. After removing
the fan from its hole in the chassis, simply set the fan down on the workspace.
●High-voltage power supply (see High-voltage power supply (HVPS) on page 149)
●Feed-guide assembly (see Feed-guide assembly on page 156)
●Gear assembly (see Gear assembly on page 162)
168 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
2. Remove the cables from the cable guide (callout 1) and then remove two screws (callout 2) from
the tray 2 solenoid plate. Press the tab on the pickup shaft gear (callout 3) and then slide the gear
off of the shaft.
NOTE Keep the parts of the pickup-shaft gear together to make sure that the small spring
inside remains with the gear.
1
2
3
Figure 5-86 Removing the pickup assembly (1 of 4)
ENWW Pickup assembly 169
3. Remove three screws (callout 4) from two tray guides at the right side of the device and then lift
the guides out of the device. Repeat the procedure to remove the tray guides at the left side of the
device.
4
Figure 5-87 Removing the pickup assembly (2 of 4)
4. Tip the device so that it rests on its top.
170 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
5. Press in the green tab (callout 5), remove two screws (callout 6) from the roller-stay assembly, and
then lift the assembly out of the device.
6
5
Figure 5-88 Removing the pickup assembly (3 of 4)
NOTE After removing the roller-stay assembly, the media-present sensor for tray 1 is
exposed. To remove the sensor, remove one screw, unthread the sensor cable, and lift the
sensor out of the device.
ENWW Pickup assembly 171
6. Use a short screwdriver to remove two screws (callout 7) and then remove the remaining two
screws (callout 8) from the pickup assembly.
8
7
Figure 5-89 Removing the pickup assembly (4 of 4)
7. Lift the assembly out of the device starting at the opposite end from the gear-end of the assembly.
NOTE After removing the pickup assembly, the top-of-page sensor is easily accessible.
To remove the top-of-page sensor, use a short screwdriver to remove two screws from the
sensor cover, remove one screw from the sensor, unthread the sensor cable, and then lift
the sensor out of the device.
172 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
Tray 1 media-present sensor and top-of-page sensor
The tray 1 media-present sensor is exposed when the roller-stay assembly is removed in step 5 of the
pickup assembly removal (see Pickup assembly on page 168). To remove the sensor, remove one screw
(callout 1), unthread the sensor cable, and then lift the sensor out of the device.
To remove the top-of-page sensor, remove the pickup assembly (see Pickup assembly on page 168
and then remove two screws (callout 2) from the sensor cover. Lift the sensor cover out of the device
to expose the top-of-page sensor, and then remove one screw from the sensor.
2
1
Figure 5-90 Removing the tray 1 media-present sensor and the top-of-page sensor
ENWW Tray 1 media-present sensor and top-of-page sensor 173
3
4
5
Figure 5-91 Media-width, top-of-page, and tray 1 media-present sensors
NOTE Figure 5-91 Media-width, top-of-page, and tray 1 media-present sensors on page 174
shows three sensors:
Media-width sensor (callout 3), which can be removed after removing the high-voltage power-
supply (see High-voltage power supply (HVPS) on page 149)
Top-of-page sensor (callout 4), which can be removed according to instructions in this section
Tray 1 media-present sensor (callout 5), which can be removed according to instructions in this
section
174 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
E-label reader (memory tag)
1. Remove all of the covers (see Covers on page 94) and the ADF/scanner assembly (see Scanner
assembly on page 90).
2. Disconnect one cable (callout 1), and then thread the cable through the hole in the device chassis.
Figure 5-92 Removing the e-label reader (1 of 2)
ENWW E-label reader (memory tag) 175
3. Remove one screw (callout 2).
Figure 5-93 Removing the e-label reader (2 of 2)
4. Lift the e-label reader out of the device.
Reinstallation tip Insert the tab at the front of the reader into the metal slot first.
176 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
Face-down-roller shaft
1. Remove all of the covers (see Covers on page 94) and the ADF/scanner assembly (see Scanner
assembly on page 90).
2. Rotate the bushings (callout 1) at both ends of the face-down-roller shaft .
NOTE The bushing on the left side of the device rotates to a horizontal position. The
bushing on the right side rotates approximately 45°.
Figure 5-94 Removing the face-down-roller shaft (1 of 2)
ENWW Face-down-roller shaft 177
3. Lift the end at the right side of the device, and then slide the shaft toward the right side to clear the
hole on the left side of the device chassis.
Figure 5-95 Removing the face-down-roller shaft (2 of 2)
178 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
Cartridge door
1. Remove the left-side cover (see Left-side cover on page 97).
2. With the cartridge door closed, unhook the spring (callout 1) at the device chassis, and then remove
one screw (callout 2).
Figure 5-96 Removing the cartridge door (1 of 3)
ENWW Cartridge door 179
3. Open the cartridge door, and then use a flatblade screwdriver to release the cartridge-door arm
(callout 3) at the right side of the cartridge door.
3
Figure 5-97 Removing the cartridge door (2 of 3)
180 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
4. Slide the cartridge door to the left, off of the hinges, and then pull the door away from the device.
Figure 5-98 Removing the cartridge door (3 of 3)
ENWW Cartridge door 181
Transfer roller
1. Open the cartridge door.
2. Release the left end of the transfer roller by using needle-nose pliers or a small flatblade screwdriver
to pinch two tabs at the left end of the transfer roller.
Figure 5-99 Removing the transfer roller
3. Use the needle-nose pliers or flatblade screwdriver in the same manner to release the other end.
4. Lift the transfer roller out of the device.
NOTE The left end of the transfer roller has a spring attached. At the right end of the roller, the
spring is attached to the device rather than to the roller. As a result, the spring at the right end
remains in the device. Also, the gear assembly at the right end of the roller is not captive on the
roller.
CAUTION Be careful not to touch the surface of the new transfer roller.
Reinstallation tip Align the springs with the tabs on the bottom of the roller-mounts before
pressing the roller into place.
182 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
Registration assembly
1. Remove the following components:
●Right-side cover (see Right-side cover on page 94)
●Formatter shield (see Formatter shield on page 95)
●Fax cover (see Fax cover on page 96)
●Left-side cover (see Left-side cover on page 97)
●ADF/scanner assembly (see Scanner assembly on page 90)
2. Unhook the clasp on the registration assembly gear (callout 1), and then slide the gear off of the
shaft.
1
Figure 5-100 Removing the registration assembly (1 of 3)
ENWW Registration assembly 183
3. Remove two screws (callout 2) from the registration-assembly cover, and then lift the cover out of
the device.
Figure 5-101 Removing the registration assembly (2 of 3)
184 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
4. Remove four screws (callout 3).
Figure 5-102 Removing the registration assembly (3 of 3)
5. Lift the registration assembly out of the device, gear-end first.
ENWW Registration assembly 185
Tray 1 pickup roller
1. Spread the pickup-roller locks (callout 1) on each side of the tray 1 pickup roller to release the roller.
Figure 5-103 Removing the tray 1 pickup roller
2. Rotate the top of the roller off of the shaft, and then lift the roller out of the device.
186 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
Tray 2 pickup roller
NOTE Also follow these instructions to remove any optional-tray pickup rollers.
1. Tip the device over on its rear side, with the top of the device facing you.
2. Rotate the bushings (callout 1) on each side of the roller upward.
Figure 5-104 Removing the tray 2 pickup roller (1 of 2)
3. Remove the left-side bushing by sliding the bushing to the left.
4. Slide the roller and shaft toward the left until they clear the hole in the right-side bushing, and then
lift the right end of the shaft.
ENWW Tray 2 pickup roller 187
5. Slide the roller and shaft toward the right, and then lift the roller and shaft together out of the device.
Figure 5-105 Removing the tray 2 pickup roller (2 of 2)
188 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
Separation pad
NOTE To replace a separation pad, replace the entire separation-pad assembly.
1. Pull the tray out of the device.
2. Remove two screws (callout 1) from the separation-pad assembly.
Figure 5-106 Removing the separation pad
3. Lift the assembly out of the tray.
ENWW Separation pad 189
190 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
6 Troubleshooting
Chapter contents
●Troubleshooting process
●Control-panel messages
●Clear jams
●Interface troubleshooting
●Service mode functions
●Troubleshooting tools
●Firmware updates and recovery
●Troubleshoot general printing problems
●Troubleshoot media-handling problems
●Troubleshoot print-quality problems
●Diagrams
ENWW Chapter contents 191
Troubleshooting process
Troubleshooting tree
Figure 6-1 Basic troubleshooting
192 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Troubleshooting flowchart
If the device is not responding correctly, use the flowchart to determine the problem. If the device does
not pass a step, follow the corresponding troubleshooting suggestions.
1. Does the control-panel display show READY?
YES Go to step 2.
NO
The control-panel
display is blank, and
the device fan is off.
●Turn the device off, and then turn it on again.
●Check the power cord connections and the power switch.
●Plug the device into a different outlet.
●Check that the power supplied to the device is steady, and meets device specifications. (See
Electrical specifications on page 328.)
The control-panel
display appears with
no backlighting.
Check the power connector to the ADF/scanner assembly.
The control-panel
display is blank, but
the device fan is on.
●Press a control-panel button to see if the device responds.
●Check the ribbon cable to the ADF/scanner assembly.
●Turn the device off, and then turn it on again.
The control-panel
display is in the
wrong language.
●Turn the device off, and then turn it on again. When XXX MB appears on the control-panel
display, press and hold down the 6 key until all three lights remain illuminated. This could take
up to 10 seconds. Then, release the 6 key. Use the 3 and 9 keys to scroll to Language and then
press the 6 key to select it. Use the 3 and 9 keys to scroll through the available languages to the
language you want and then press the 6 key to select it.
The control-panel
display shows
garbled or unfamiliar
characters.
●Make sure that the appropriate language is selected at the device control panel.
●Turn the device off, and then turn the device on again.
A message other
than READY appears
on the control-panel
display.
●See Control-panel messages on page 201.
ENWW Troubleshooting process 193
2. Can you print a configuration page?
(See Use information pages on page 45.)
YES Go to step 3.
NO
A configuration page
does not print.
●Verify that all trays are correctly loaded, adjusted, and installed in the device.
●At the computer, check the print queue or print spooler to see if the device has been paused. If
problems exist with the current print job, or if the device is paused, a configuration page will not
print. Press Stop and try again to print a configuration page.
A blank page prints. ●Verify that the sealing tape was removed from print cartridge. (See the getting started guide or
the instructions that came with the print cartridge.)
●The print cartridge might be empty. Install a new print cartridge.
A message other
than READY or
PRINTING
CONFIGURATION
appears on the
control-panel display.
●See Control-panel messages on page 201.
194 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
3. Does the device copy?
YES Go to step 4.
NO
Poor copy quality
from the ADF.
1. If the print quality from the internal tests and the copy from the flatbed were acceptable, clean
the ADF scanning strip. See Clean the scanner glass on page 43.
2. If the ADF is damaged, replace the ADF (see ADF assembly on page 80).
Media does not move
smoothly through the
ADF path.
1. Make sure that the media HP specifications. See Media specifications on page 15.
2. Clean the ADF roller and separation pad. See Clean the ADF on page 40 .
3. If the problem persists, replace the ADF roller.
4. If the problem persists, replace the ADF (see ADF assembly on page 80).
Poor copy quality
from the flatbed.
1. If the print quality from the internal tests and the copy from the ADF were acceptable, clean the
flatbed glass. See Clean the scanner glass on page 43.
2. If, after performing the maintenance, the problem persists, see the user guide.
3. If the problem persists, replace the scanner assembly (see Scanner assembly on page 90).
ENWW Troubleshooting process 195
4. Does the device send a fax?
YES Go to step 5.
NO
The telephone line is
not operational or the
device is not plugged
into the telephone
line.
Verify that the device is plugged into a telephone line that operates correctly.
The telephone cord is
faulty or is plugged
into the wrong
connector.
1. Verify that the device is connected to an analog fax line.
2. Try plugging the telephone cord into the other connector.
3. Try a new telephone cord.
The fax number is
incorrect or
incomplete.
Check the fax number and re-enter the correct and complete fax number.
Sent fax is
incomplete or of poor
quality.
See the user guide.
The device fax
settings are set
incorrectly.
Review the device fax settings. See the HP LaserJet Analog Fax Accessory 300 User Guide.
If the error persists, replace the fax accessory (see Fax accessory on page 111.
196 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
5. Does the device receive a fax?
YES Go to step 6.
NO
Too many telephone
devices are plugged
in, or telephone
devices are not
connected in the
correct order.
Make sure that the device is the only device on the telephone line and try again to receive the fax.
The telephone cord
does not meet
specifications.
Verify that the device is connected to an analog fax line.
The device fax
settings are set
incorrectly.
Review the device fax settings. See the user guide.
If the error persists, replace the fax accessory (see Fax accessory on page 111).
ENWW Troubleshooting process 197
6. Can you print from a program?
YES Go to step 7.
NO
The job will not print. ●If the job will not print, and a message appears on the control-panel display, see Control-panel
messages on page 201.
●By using the computer, check to see if the device has been paused. Press Stop to continue.
●If the device is on a network, print a configuration page. (See Use information pages
on page 45.) If an HP Jetdirect print server is installed, a Jetdirect page also prints. Check the
Jetdirect configuration page to verify that the network protocol status and settings are correct for
the device.
●If the device is on a network, check that you are printing to the correct device. To verify that no
network problem exists, connect the computer directly to the device
●Check the interface cable connections. Disconnect and reconnect the cable at the computer and
the device.
●Test the cable by trying it on another computer.
●Make sure that the print job is being sent to the correct port (LPT1 or network printer port, for
example).
●Make sure that you are using the correct printer driver. (See the user guide.)
●Reinstall the printer driver. (See the getting started guide.)
●Check that the computer port is configured and working correctly. (Try connecting another device
to that port and printing.)
●If you are using the PS driver to print, set Print PS Errors (on the General Print Behavior
submenu of the Device Behavior menu), to On and then try again to print the job.
●Make sure that Personality (on the General Print Behavior submenu of the Device
Behavior menu) is set to Auto.
●You might be missing a device message that could help you solve the problem. On the Warning/
Error Behavior submenu (of the Device Behavior menu) at the device control panel,
temporarily turn off the Clearable Warnings and Auto-Continuable Events settings. Then try
again to print the job.
A PS error page or list
of commands prints.
●The device might have received a nonstandard PS code. For this print job, set the
Personality (on the General Print Behavior submenu of the Device Behavior menu) to PS.
After the job has printed, return the setting to Auto.
●Make sure that the print job is a PS job, and that you are using the PS driver.
●The device might have received PS code although it is set to PCL. Set Personality (on the
General Print Behavior submenu of the Device Behavior menu) to Auto.
198 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
7. Does the job print as expected?
YES Go to step 8.
NO
Print is garbled, or
only a portion of the
page prints.
●Make sure that you are using the correct printer driver. (See the user guide.)
●The data file that was sent to the device might be corrupt. To check, try printing the file to another
device (if possible), or try a different file.
●Check the interface cable connections. Test the cable by trying it on another computer (if
possible).
●Replace the interface cable with a high-quality cable (see Parts and diagrams on page 269).
●Simplify the print job, print at a lower resolution, or install more device memory.
●You might be missing a device message that could help you solve the problem. On the Warning/
Error Behavior submenu (of the Device Behavior menu) at the device control panel,
temporarily turn off the Clearable Warnings and Auto-Continuable Events settings. Then,
print the job again.
Printing stops in the
middle of the job.
●Stop might have been pressed.
●Check that the power supplied to the device is steady, and that it meets device specifications.
(See Electrical specifications on page 328.)
Print speed is slower
than expected.
●Simplify the print job.
●Add more memory to the device.
●Turn banner pages off. (See the network administrator.)
●Note that slower speeds should be expected if you are printing narrow paper, printing from tray 1,
using the HIGH 2 fuser mode, or if you have set Small Paper Speed to SLOW.
A control-panel
setting is not taking
effect.
●Check settings in the printer driver or program. (The printer driver and program settings override
control-panel settings.)
The print job is not
formatted correctly.
●Check that you are using the correct printer driver. (See the user guide.)
●Check the program settings. (See the program online Help.)
●Try a different font.
●Downloaded resources might have been lost. You might need to download them again.
Media does not feed
correctly or is
damaged.
●Make sure that the media is loaded correctly and that the guides are not too tight or too loose
against the stack of media.
●If you are having problems printing custom-size paper, see the user guide.
●If pages are wrinkled or curled, or if the image is skewed on the page, see Troubleshoot print-
quality problems on page 248.
Print-quality
problems occur.
●Adjust the print resolution. (See the user guide.)
●Check that Resolution Enhancement Technology (REt) is on. (See the user guide.)
●Go to Troubleshoot print-quality problems on page 248.
ENWW Troubleshooting process 199
8. Does the device select the correct trays?
YES For other problems, check the table of contents or the index in this manual, or see the printer-
driver online Help.
NO
The device pulls
media from the wrong
tray.
●Make sure that you have selected the correct tray. (See the user guide.)
●Make sure that trays are correctly configured for size and type. (See the user guide.) Print a
configuration page to see current tray settings. (See Use information pages on page 45.)
●Make sure that the tray selection (Source) or Type in the printer driver or program is set correctly.
(The printer driver and program settings override the device control-panel settings.)
●By default, media loaded in tray 1 will be printed first. If you do not want to print from tray 1,
remove any media loaded in the tray or change the USE REQUESTED TRAY setting. (See the
user guide.) Change TRAY 1 SIZE and TRAY 1 TYPE to a setting other than ANY.
An optional tray is not
working correctly.
●Print a configuration page to verify that the tray is installed correctly and is functional. (See Use
information pages on page 45.)
●Configure the printer driver to recognize the installed tray. (See the printer driver online Help.)
●Turn the device off, and then turn it on again.
●Verify that you are using the correct optional tray for the device.
A message other than
READY appears on
the control-panel
display.
●See Control-panel messages on page 201.
200 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Control-panel messages
Control-panel message types
Four types of control-panel messages can indicate the status of or problems with the device.
Message type Description
Status messages Status messages reflect the current state of the device. They inform you of normal device operation
and require no interaction to clear them. They change as the state of the device changes. Whenever
the device is ready, not busy, and has no pending warning messages, the status message Ready
appears if the device is online.
Warning messages Warning messages inform you of data and print errors. These messages typically alternate with
the Ready or status messages and remain until you touch OK. Some warning messages are clearable.
If Clearable Warnings is set to Job on the device Device Behavior menu, the next print job clears
these messages.
Error messages Error messages communicate that some action must be performed, such as adding paper or clearing
a jam.
Some error messages are auto-continuable. If Auto Continue is set on the menus, the device will
continue normal operation after an auto-continuable error message appears for 10 seconds.
NOTE Pressing any button during the 10-second auto-continuable error message overrides
the auto-continue feature, and the button function takes precedence. For example, pressing
the Stop button pauses printing and offers the option to cancel the print job.
Critical-error messages Critical error messages inform you of a device failure. Some of these messages can be cleared by
turning the device off and then on. These messages are not affected by the Auto Continue setting.
If a critical error persists, service is required.
Resolve control-panel messages
Table 6-1 Control-panel messages
Control panel message Description Recommended action
Digital Send Server is not Responding.
Contact Administrator.
The device cannot communicate with the
Digital Send Server.
Contact the network administrator.
10.10.00 ERROR The device cannot read or write to the print
cartridge e-label, or the e-label is missing
from the print cartridge.
1. Verify that a genuine HP print cartridge
is installed in the device.
2. Verify that the memory tag PCA is
installed in the device.
3. Verify that the memory tag connector is
firmly seated in connector J510 on the
ECU. You might have to remove the
main cooling fan to see this connection.
10.32.00 - Unauthorized Supply A supply has been installed that does not
pass the authentication test for genuine HP
supplies.
If you believe you purchased a genuine HP
supply, visit us at www.hp.com/go/
anticounterfeit. Any repair required as a result
of using non-HP supplies or unauthorized
supplies is not covered under warranty. HP
cannot ensure the accuracy or the availability
of certain features.
To continue printing, touch OK.
ENWW Control-panel messages 201
Control panel message Description Recommended action
11.XX - Internal clock error To continue
touch OK
The device real time clock has experienced
an error.
Whenever the device is turned off and then
turned on again, set the time and date at the
control panel. See the Time/Scheduling
menu in the user guide.
If the error persists, you might need to replace
the formatter.
13.00.02 - Jam in Tray 1 Clear jam then
touch OK
Paper is fed from tray 2 to the device by the
tray 2 pick-up roller. When energized,
solenoid SL2 releases a clutch, and then the
pick-up roller rotates to pick up the paper and
advance it into the paper path.
1. Follow the instructions in the onscreen
dialog box, or see Clear jams from the
input-tray areas on page 220.
2. Verify that the type and quality of the
media that you are using meet
HP specifications. (See Media
specifications on page 15.)
3. Verify that the media is loaded correctly
and that the guides are not too tight or
too loose against the stack of media.
4. Verify that the tray 2 pickup roller and
separation pad are installed correctly.
5. Verify that solenoid SL2 is being
energized. If you cannot hear it during a
print job, remove tray 2, override the
paper presence sensor flag, start a print
job, and then see if the pick-up roller is
rotating.
6. Verify that solenoid SL2 is firmly seated
in connector J504 on the ECU.
13.01.00 - Jam in Tray 1 Clear jam then
touch OK
The paper did not reach the top of page
sensor within the specified period of time. The
tray 1 feed roller moves paper into the paper
path. When solenoid SL1 is energized, a
clutch mechanism allows the paper stack in
tray 1 to lift, and then allows the feed roller to
rotate one time to move the paper into the
paper path.
1. Follow the instructions in the onscreen
dialog box, or see Clear jams from the
input-tray areas on page 220.
2. Verify that the type and quality of the
media that you are using meet
HP specifications. (See Media
specifications on page 15.)
3. Verify that the media is loaded correctly
and that the guides are not too tight or
too loose against the stack of media.
4. Verify that the tray 1 pickup roller and
separation pad are installed correctly.
5. Verify that solenoid SL1 is firmly seated
in ECU connector J508. Verify that SL1
is being energized by removing the
cover and observing the solenoid during
a feed operation.
6. Open and close the cartridge door to
clear the error message.
Table 6-1 Control-panel messages (continued)
202 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Control panel message Description Recommended action
13.05.00 Jam inside front door Paper failed to reach the delivery sensor
within a specified period of time when a print
job was initiated. When troubleshooting
paper jams, always observe where the
leading edge of the paper stops in the jam.
1. Follow the instructions in the onscreen
dialog box, or see Clear jams from the
input-tray areas on page 220.
2. Verify that nothing is obstructing paper
movement within the paper path.
3. Verify that the fuser motor (M2)
connector is firmly seated. The fuser
motor wiring is hard-wired to the back of
the ECU at connector J501. The motor
connector is free-standing behind the
ECU. To see if the fuser motor is
functional, observe the output stacker
rollers while turning on the device. If the
rollers rotate, the motor is functional. If
they do not rotate, verify the connection.
13.15.00 - Jam inside front door Remove
print cartridge
Media is jammed in the fuser area. Follow the instructions in the onscreen dialog
box, or see Clear jams from the print-
cartridge area on page 219.
If the message persists, check the thermistor
delivery sensor (J405) and delivery sensor
(SR2) cable connections.
13.20 - Jam inside rear bin Clear jam then
open and close front door
Media is jammed in the output bin. Open the rear output bin and gently remove
the jammed media. Follow the instructions in
the onscreen dialog box, or see Clear jams
from the output-bin areas on page 223.
13.31.00 Jam inside front door Media is jammed in the paper path. Follow the instructions in the onscreen dialog
box, or see Clear jams from the input-tray
areas on page 220.
If the message persists, check the rear door
(face-up bin) sensor cable connection.
13.65 - Jam inside rear bin Clear jam then
open and close front door
Media is jammed in the fuser area. Open the rear output bin and gently remove
the jammed media. Follow the instructions in
the onscreen dialog box, or see Clear jams
from the output-bin areas on page 223.
If the message persists, check the thermistor
delivery sensor (J405) and delivery sensor
(SR2) cable connections.
13.67.00 - Jam inside front door Media is jammed in the paper path. Follow the instructions in the onscreen dialog
box, or see Clear jams from the print-
cartridge area on page 219.
If the message persists, check the HVPS
ribbon-cable connection at J404.
13.XX.YY - Paper wrapped around fuser A jam has occurred because paper has
wrapped around the fuser.
Follow the instructions in the onscreen dialog
box.
13.XX.YY - Remove Tray 2 Clear jam then
touch OK
Media is jammed in the duplex area. Follow the instructions in the onscreen dialog
box, or see Clear jams from the input-tray
areas on page 220.
20 Insufficient memory To continue touch
OK
The device received more data than can fit in
the available memory. You might have tried
Touch OK to print the transferred data (some
data might be lost), and then simplify the print
job or install additional memory.
Table 6-1 Control-panel messages (continued)
ENWW Control-panel messages 203
Control panel message Description Recommended action
to transfer too many macros, soft fonts, or
complex graphics.
21 Page too complex To continue touch
OK
The page formatting process was not fast
enough for the device.
Touch OK to print the transferred data. (Some
data might be lost.) If this message appears
often, simplify the print job.
22 EIO <X> buffer overflow To continue
touch OK
Too much data was sent to the EIO card in
the specified slot (X). An incorrect
communications protocol might be in use.
Touch OK to print the transferred data. (Some
data might be lost.)
Check the host configuration. If this message
persists, you might have to replace the EIO
card.
22 Embedded I/O buffer overflow To
continue touch OK
Too much data was sent to the embedded
HP Jetdirect print server.
Touch OK to print the transferred data. (Some
data might be lost.)
22 USB I/O buffer overflow To continue
touch OK
Too much data was sent to the USB buffer. Touch OK to clear the error message. (Data
will be lost.)
30.1.YY Scanner failure An error has occurred in the scanner. 1. Make sure that the scanner lock is in the
unlocked position.
2. Turn the device off and then on.
3. Check the cable connections between
the ADF/scanner assembly and the
formatter.
4. If this message persists, replace the
scanner assembly (see Scanner
assembly on page 90).
5. If, after replacing the scanner assembly,
the message persists, replace the
formatter (see Formatter on page 116).
40 EIO <X> bad transmission To continue
touch OK
The connection between the device and the
EIO card in the specified slot has been
broken.
Touch OK to clear the error message and
continue printing. Check the EIO connection.
40 Embedded I/O bad transmission To
continue touch OK
A temporary printing error has occurred. 1. Turn the device off, and then turn the
device on.
2. If this message persists, replace the
formatter (see Formatter on page 116).
41.3 - Load tray <XX> To use another tray,
touch OK
The specified tray does not contain the
specified media size.
Touch OK to use a tray that contains media
of the correct size.
41.3 - Load tray <XX>: <Type>, <Size> The specified tray is loaded with media that
is longer or shorter in the feed direction than
the size configured for the tray.
Touch OK to display Tray <X> Size.
Reconfigure the size in a tray so that the
device will use a tray that is loaded with the
size of media required for the print job. If the
message does not clear automatically from
the control-panel display, turn the device off,
and then turn the device on.
41.X Error To continue touch OK A temporary printing error occurred.
X description
2 beam detect misprint
8 fuser too hot
1. Touch OK to clear the error. If the error
is not cleared, turn the device off, and
then turn the device on.
2. If the message persists, replace the
fuser (see Fuser on page 139).
Table 6-1 Control-panel messages (continued)
204 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Control panel message Description Recommended action
49.XXXXX ERROR To continue turn off
then on
A critical firmware error has occurred. 1. Turn the device off, and then turn the
device on.
2. Go to www.hp.com/support/
LJM3027mfp or www.hp.com/support/
LJM3035mfp to check the latest
firmware image version. If the latest
firmware image version is newer than
the one installed on the device, upgrade
the device.
3. Try printing a job from a different
software program. If the job prints, go
back to the first program and try printing
a different file. If the message appears
only with a certain software program or
print job, then the error is in the software
program and not in the device. If the job
fails to print using a different software
program, then turn off the device and
disconnect all cables that connect the
device to the network or to a computer.
4. Remove any DIMMs and EIO cards, and
then turn the device on.
5. If, after removing DIMMs and EIO cards,
the device behaves normally, turn off
the device and reinstall DIMMs and EIO
cards one-by-one, turning off the device
off and then on again each time you
reinstall a DIMM or EIO card. If a certain
DIMM or EIO card causes the message
to reappear, replace the DIMM or EIO
card.
6. Reconnect all cables that connect the
device to the network or to a computer.
7. If the message persists, replace the
formatter (see Formatter on page 116).
50.1 FUSER ERROR AC power is not being provided to the fuser
assembly. AC voltage is necessary to
generate heat in the fuser assembly.
1. Verify that the connection between the
fuser assembly and the ECU is fully
seated.
2. If the message persists, replace the
fuser assembly.
50.6 FUSER ERROR The main or sub thermistors are unable to
provide temperature feedback to the ECU.
The main and sub thermistors monitor the
fuser assembly hot-roller temperature and
provide feedback to regulate the fusing
temperature.
1. Verify that the seven-wire connector is
firmly seated in connector J405 on the
ECU. You might have to remove the
main cooling fan to see this connection.
2. Verify that the four-wire connector is
firmly seated in the fuser assembly.
3. Verify that the AC voltage is being
provided to the fuser assembly.
4. If the message persists, replace the
fuser assembly.
Table 6-1 Control-panel messages (continued)
ENWW Control-panel messages 205
Control panel message Description Recommended action
50.X FUSER ERROR To continue turn off
then on
A fuser error has occurred.
X description
1 low fuser temperature
2 fuser warmup service
3 fuser over-temperature
4 faulty fuser
5 incorrect fuser is installed
6 open fuser circuit
1. Turn the device off, and then turn the
device on.
2. If the message persists, turn off the
device to allow the fuser to cool.
3. Verify that the correct model fuser is
installed in the device.
4. Check the cable connections between
the ECU and the fuser.
5. If, after checking the cables, the
message persists, replace the fuser
(see Fuser on page 139).
6. If, after replacing the fuser, the message
persists, replace the ECU (see Engine
control unit (ECU) on page 131).
7. If, after replacing the ECU, the message
persists, replace the high-voltage
power-supply (see High-voltage power
supply (HVPS) on page 149).
51.XY ERROR To continue turn off then on A temporary printing error has occurred. 1. Turn the device off, and then turn the
device on.
2. Check the cable connections between
the laser/scanner and the ECU.
3. If, after checking the cables, the
message persists, replace the laser/
scanner (see Laser/scanner
on page 142).
4. If, after replacing the laser/scanner, the
message persists, replace the ECU
(see Engine control unit (ECU)
on page 131).
52.00 ERROR A laser/scanner motor error has occurred.
Laser/scanner motor rotation is verified at the
initialization of a print job.
1. Verify that the laser/scanner motor
connector and the ribbon cable from the
ECU are firmly seated on the laser/
scanner assembly.
2. Verify that the laser/scanner motor
connector is firmly seated in connector
J402 on the ECU. You might have to
remove the main cooling fan to see this
connection.
3. Verify that the ribbon cable installed in
connector J403 on the ECU is fully
seated. You must remove the ECU in
order to verify this connection.
4. If, after checking the cables, the
message persists, replace the laser/
scanner (see Laser/scanner
on page 142).
5. If, after replacing the laser/scanner, the
message persists, replace the ECU
Table 6-1 Control-panel messages (continued)
206 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Control panel message Description Recommended action
(see Engine control unit (ECU)
on page 131).
53.XY.ZZ CHECK RAM DIMM SLOT <X> To
continue turn off then on
A problem exists with the device memory.
The DIMM that caused the error will not be
used.
X description
0 onboard memory
1 slot 1
You might need to reinstall or replace the
specified DIMM.
1. Turn the device off, and then replace the
DIMM that caused the error. See Install
memory on page 30.
2. If, after replacing the DIMM, the
message persists, replace the formatter
(see Formatter on page 116).
54.XX ERROR To continue turn off then on A temporary printing error has occurred. 1. Turn the device off, and then turn the
device on.
2. If the message persists, check the
sensors in the device to make sure that
they are working correctly.
3. If the sensors are working correctly, but
the message persists, replace the ECU
(see Engine control unit (ECU)
on page 131).
55.05 ERROR To continue turn off then on The print engine is not communicating with
the formatter.
An error occurred while performing a remote
firmware upgrade.
1. Turn the device off, and then turn the
device on.
2. Try again to perform the remote
firmware upgrade.
55.XX.YY DC CONTROLLER ERROR To
continue turn off then on
The print engine is not communicating with
the formatter.
1. Turn the device off, and then turn the
device on.
2. If the message persists, replace the
ECU (see Engine control unit (ECU)
on page 131).
3. If, after replacing the ECU, the message
persists, replace the high-voltage
power-supply (see High-voltage power
supply (HVPS) on page 149).
56.XX ERROR To continue turn off then on A temporary printing error has occurred. 1. Turn the device off, and then turn the
device on.
2. If this message persists, uninstall and
then reinstall all input trays, and then
turn the device off.
3. Turn the device on. If the message
persists, replace the formatter (see
Formatter on page 116).
57.03 ERROR To continue turn off then on A sub cooling fan (FM2) error has occurred.
Fan operation is verified during device power-
up. Fan operation occurs only during power-
up or during a print job.
1. Turn the device off, and then turn the
device on.
2. Verify that nothing is hindering or
blocking the fan.
3. Verify that the fan is connected to
connector J512 on the ECU PCA. You
Table 6-1 Control-panel messages (continued)
ENWW Control-panel messages 207
Control panel message Description Recommended action
might have to remove the main cooling
fan to see this connection.
4. If the message persists, replace the fan
(see Left-side fan on page 148).
57.04 ERROR To continue turn off then on A main cooling fan (FM1) error has occurred.
Fan operation is verified during device power-
up. Fan operation occurs only during power-
up or during a print job.
1. Turn the device off and then on.
2. Verify that nothing is hindering or
blocking the fan.
3. Verify that the fan is connected to
connector J509 on the ECU PCA.
4. If the message persists, replace the fan
(see Right-side fan on page 128).
59.50 ERROR To continue turn off then on A main motor (M1) error has occurred. Motor
operation is verified during device power-up.
1. Turn the device off, and then turn the
device on.
2. Verify that nothing is hindering the main
motor. If necessary, remove all paper
trays and the print cartridge, and then
turn on the device and listen for motor
operation.
3. Verify that the main motor is connected
to connector J407 on the ECU. You
might have to remove the main cooling
fan to see this connection.
4. If the message persists, replace the
motor (see Main motor on page 159).
62 NO SYSTEM To continue turn off then
on
A problem exists with the device firmware. 1. Turn the device off, and then turn the
device on.
2. Go to www.hp.com/support/
LJM3027mfp or www.hp.com/support/
LJM3035mfp to check the latest
firmware image version. If the latest
firmware image version is newer than
the one installed on the device, upgrade
the device, if possible.
3. If the message persists, replace the
formatter (see Formatter on page 116).
64 ERROR To continue turn off then on A scan buffer error occurred. 1. Turn the device off, and then turn the
device on.
2. Go to www.hp.com/support/
LJM3027mfp or www.hp.com/support/
LJM3035mfp to check the latest
firmware image version. If the latest
firmware image version is newer than
the one installed on the device, upgrade
the device, if possible.
3. If the message persists, replace the
formatter (see Formatter on page 116).
Table 6-1 Control-panel messages (continued)
208 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Control panel message Description Recommended action
68.X Permanent storage full To continue
touch OK
68.X Permanent storage write fail To
continue touch OK
The device NVRAM is full or the storage
device is failing to write. Some settings saved
in the NVRAM might have been reset to the
factory defaults. Printing can continue, but
some unexpected functions might occur if an
error occurred in permanent storage.
X description
0 onboard NVRAM
1 disk drive
Touch OK to clear the message. If the
message is not cleared, turn the device off,
and then turn the device on.
68.0, onboard NVRAM
1. If the message persists, perform an
NVRAM initialization (see Service mode
functions on page 226). Make sure that
you read and understand the caution
and the note in that section.
2. If, after performing an NVRAM init, the
message persists, replace the formatter
(see Formatter on page 116).
68.1, disk drive
1. Use the HP Web Jetadmin software to
delete files from the disk drive.
2. If, after deleting files from the disk drive,
the message persists, reinitialize the
disk drive (see Service mode functions
on page 226). Make sure that you read
and understand the caution and the note
in that section.
3. If, after reinitializing the disk drive, the
message persists, replace the disk drive
(see Disk drive on page 113).
68.X Storage error settings changed To
continue touch OK
One or more device settings in NVRAM are
invalid and have been reset to the factory-
default settings. Printing can continue, but
some unexpected functions might occur if an
error occurred in permanent storage.
1. Touch OK to clear the message. If the
message is not cleared, turn the device
off, and then turn the device on.
2. Check the device settings to determine
which settings have changed.
3. Perform an NVRAM initialization (see
Service mode functions on page 226).
Make sure that you read and
understand the caution and the note in
that section.
4. If, after performing an NVRAM
initialization, the message persists,
replace the formatter (see Formatter
on page 116).
79.XXXX ERROR To continue turn off then
on
A critical hardware error occurred. 1. Turn the device off, and then turn the
device on.
2. Go to www.hp.com/support/
LJM3027mfp or www.hp.com/support/
LJM3035mfp to check the latest
firmware image version. If the latest
firmware image version is newer than
the one installed on the device, upgrade
the device.
3. Try printing a job from a different
software program. If the job prints, go
back to the first program and try printing
Table 6-1 Control-panel messages (continued)
ENWW Control-panel messages 209
Control panel message Description Recommended action
a different file. If the message appears
only with a certain software program or
print job, then the error is in the software
program and not in the device. If the job
fails to print using a different software
program, then turn off the device and
disconnect all cables that connect the
device to the network or to a computer.
4. Remove any DIMMs and EIO cards, and
then turn the device on.
5. If, after removing DIMMs and EIO cards,
the device behaves normally, turn off
the device and reinstall DIMMs and EIO
cards one-by-one, turning off the device
off and then on again each time you
reinstall a DIMM or EIO card. If a certain
DIMM or EIO card causes the message
to reappear, replace the DIMM or EIO
card.
6. Reconnect all cables that connect the
device to the network or to a computer.
7. If the message persists, replace the
formatter (see Formatter on page 116).
8X.YYYY EIO ERROR To continue turn off
then on
The EIO accessory card has encountered a
critical error, as specified by YYYY.
1. Turn the device off, and then turn the
device on.
2. Turn the device off, reinstall the EIO
accessory, and then turn the device on.
3. Replace the EIO accessory.
8X.YYYY EMBEDDED JETDIRECT ERROR
To continue turn off then on
The embedded HP Jetdirect print server has
encountered a critical error, as specified by
YYYY.
1. Turn the device off, and then turn the
device on.
2. Go to www.hp.com/support/
LJM3027mfp or www.hp.com/support/
LJM3035mfp to check the latest
firmware image version. If the latest
firmware image version is newer than
the one installed on the device, upgrade
the device, if possible.
3. If the message persists, replace the
formatter (see Formatter on page 116).
Action not currently available for Tray <X>
Tray size cannot be any size/any custom
A duplexed (2-sided) document was
requested from a tray that is set to Any size
or Any custom. Duplexing is not allowed
from a tray configured to Any size or Any
custom.
Select another tray or reconfigure the tray.
Authentication Required Authentication has been enabled for this
feature or destination. A user name and
password are required.
Type the user name and password, or contact
the network administrator.
Authentication Required To Use This
Feature
A user name and password are required. Type the user name and password, or contact
the network administrator.
Table 6-1 Control-panel messages (continued)
210 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Control panel message Description Recommended action
Cannot duplex close rear bin The device cannot print on both sides of the
page if the rear output bin is open.
Close the rear output bin.
Check the glass and remove any paper To
continue press Start
A digital send or copy job has been performed
from the scanner glass, but the original
document needs to be removed.
Remove the original document from the
scanner glass, and then press Start.
Chosen personality not available To
continue touch OK
A print job requested a language (personality)
that is not available for this device. The job
will not print and will be cleared from
memory.
Print the job by using a printer driver for a
different printer language, or add the
requested language to the device (if
possible). To see a list of available
personalities, print a configuration page.
See Use information pages on page 45.
CLEANING DISK X% COMPLETE
alternates with
DO NOT POWER OFF
The memory disk is being cleaned. This
process might take up to an hour. During this
time, no jobs can be printed.
Do not turn off the device. Wait for the
process to complete.
The device automatically restarts at the end
of the cleaning process.
Close front door The front door is open. Close the front door. If the message persists,
make sure that the front-door microswitch is
installed correctly and that it is operational.
Digital send communication error The device is unable to connect to the Digital
Sending Software.
Make sure that the Digital Sending Software
is running and that the Digital Sending
Software and the device are on the network.
Document feeder cover open The document feeder (ADF) cover is open. Close the document feeder (ADF) cover.
Follow the instructions in the onscreen dialog
box.
Document feeder empty The document feeder (ADF) does not contain
paper.
Load paper in the document feeder (ADF)
input tray.
Document feeder pick error The document feeder (ADF) experienced an
error while picking media.
Make sure that your original contains no more
than 50 pages. Follow the instructions in the
onscreen dialog box.
If this message appears frequently, clean the
ADF roller assembly (see Clean the ADF
on page 40). If, after cleaning the ADF roller
assembly, the message persists, replace the
ADF roller assembly.
E-mail Gateway did not accept the job
because the attachment was too large.
The scanned documents have exceeded the
size limit of the e-mail gateway.
Send the job again using a lower resolution,
smaller file size setting, or fewer pages.
See Use the embedded Web server
on page 49 to learn how to reduce the size of
the attachment. Contact the network
administrator to enable sending the scanned
documents by using multiple e-mails.
E-mail Gateway did not respond. Job
failed.
A gateway has exceeded the time out value. Validate the SMTP IP address. See the user
guide.
E-mail Gateway rejected the job because
of the addressing information. Job failed.
One or more of the e-mail addresses is
incorrect.
Send the job again with the correct
addresses.
Error executing Digital Send job. Job
failed.
A digital send job has failed and cannot be
delivered.
Try to send the job again.
HP digital sending: delivery error A digital send job has failed and cannot be
delivered.
Send the job again.
Table 6-1 Control-panel messages (continued)
ENWW Control-panel messages 211
Control panel message Description Recommended action
Initializing scanner The device is initializing the scanner. Wait for the control-panel display to show
Ready.
Install black cartridge The device detects the print cartridge by
detecting a voltage differential within the
cartridge. The photo-conductive drum
connected to the high-voltage power supply
provides the reference with which to measure
the differential.
1. Verify that a print cartridge is installed in
the device.
2. Verify that the drum ground connector
on the high-voltage power supply is
correctly seated on the mechanical
connector.
3. Verify that the cartridge mechanism
functions correctly. When the cartridge
is removed from the device, the
mechanism swings outward, away from
the chassis. When the cartridge is
inserted into the device, the mechanism
closes toward the chassis.
Insufficient memory to load fonts/data
<device> To continue touch OK
The device does not have enough memory to
load the data (for example, fonts or macros)
from the location specified.
Touch OK to continue without this
information. If the message persists, add
more memory.
Jam in document feeder Media is jammed in the document feeder
(ADF).
Remove jammed media from the document
feeder (ADF). Follow the instructions in the
onscreen dialog box, or see Clear jams from
the ADF on page 217.
If the message persists after all jams have
been cleared, a sensor might be stuck or
broken. Check the sensors in the ADF. If a
sensor is broken, replace the ADF assembly
(see ADF assembly on page 80).
Load Tray 1: <type>, <size> The tray is empty or configured for a different
size than the size requested.
Follow the instructions in the onscreen dialog
box. If the message persists, make sure that
the tray 1 media-present sensor (PS902) is
operational.
Manually feed: <type>, <size> The specified job requires manual feed from
tray 1.
Load the requested media into tray 1.
To override the message, touch OK to use a
type and size of media that is available in
another tray.
Non HP supply installed Economode
disabled
A non-HP supply or a refilled HP supply has
been installed.
Follow the instructions in the onscreen dialog
box.
Order black cartridge The number of pages remaining for the print
cartridge has reached the low threshold. The
device was set to stop printing when a supply
needs to be ordered.
Touch OK to continue printing until the print
cartridge is out of toner.
To order a new print cartridge, see Order
parts, accessories, and supplies
on page 314.
Output bin <X> full The specified output bin is full, and printing
cannot continue.
Empty the bin to continue printing.
Password or name is incorrect. Please
enter correct login.
The user name or password was typed
incorrectly.
Retype the user name and password.
PIN is incorrect. Please re-enter PIN. The PIN was typed incorrectly. Retype the PIN.
Table 6-1 Control-panel messages (continued)
212 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Control panel message Description Recommended action
Please turn device off and install hard
disk.
The requested job requires a hard disk, but
the device does not have a hard disk
installed.
Turn the device off and install a hard disk.
Replace black cartridge The print cartridge is out of toner.
NOTE Depending on how the
device is configured, this message
might appear when it is time to order
a new print cartridge. In this case,
the message indicates that you can
touch OK to continue printing.
Replace the print cartridge. (See Change the
print cartridge on page 27.)
Sanitizing disk <X>% complete Do not
power off
The hard disk is being cleaned. Contact the network administrator.
Scan failure Press Start to rescan The scan was unsuccessful and the
document needs to be rescanned.
If necessary, reposition the document to
rescan it, and then press Start.
SMTP gateway not responding The SMTP gateway has exceeded a time out
value.
Verify the e-mail server address. See the user
guide. Contact the network administrator.
The digital sending service at <IP
Address> does not service this MFP.
Contact administrator.
The device cannot communicate with the
specified IP address.
Verify the IP address. Contact the network
administrator.
The digital sending service must be
upgraded to support this version of the
MFP firmware. Contact administrator.
The digital sending service is not supported
by the device firmware version that is
currently installed.
Check the firmware version. Contact the
network administrator.
The folder you have entered is not a valid
folder.
The folder name was entered incorrectly, or
the folder does not exist.
Re-enter the folder name correctly, or add the
folder.
Tray XX Open or Empty The tray indicated is either open or empty. Load or close the tray. Printing can continue
from another tray.
Unable to connect A network connection is not detected. Verify the network connection. Contact the
network administrator.
Unable to copy The device was unable to copy the document.
If this message persists, contact an HP-
authorized service or support provider. (See
the HP support flyer, or go to www.hp.com/
support/LJM3027mfp or www.hp.com/
support/LJM3035mfp.)
To temporarily hide this message in order to
fax or send to e-mail, touch Hide.
Unable to send A network connection is not detected. Verify the network connection. Contact the
network administrator.
Unable to send fax. Please check fax
configuration.
The device is unable to send a fax job. Contact the network administrator. Also see
the HP LaserJet Analog Fax Accessory 300
User Guide for additional configuration and
troubleshooting information.
Unable to store job The device is unable to store a job. To temporarily hide this message in order to
fax or send to e-mail, touch Hide. If this
message persists, replace the disk drive
(see Disk drive on page 113).
User name or password is incorrect.
Please re-enter.
The user name or password was typed
incorrectly.
Retype the user name and password.
User name, job name, or PIN is missing. One or more of the required items has not
been selected or typed.
Select the correct user name and job name,
and type the correct PIN.
Table 6-1 Control-panel messages (continued)
ENWW Control-panel messages 213
Clear jams
When clearing jams, be very careful not to tear the media. If a small piece of media remains in the device,
it could cause additional jams.
Common causes of jams
The device is jammed.
1
Cause Solution
The media does not meet specifications. Use only media that meets HP specifications. See Media
specifications on page 15.
A component is installed incorrectly. Verify that the print cartridge is correctly installed.
You are using media that has already passed through a device
or copier.
Do not use media that has been previously printed on or
copied.
An input tray is loaded incorrectly. Remove any excess media from the input tray. Make sure that
the stack is below the maximum stack height mark in the tray.
See Install trays on page 23.
The media is skewed. The input-tray guides are not adjusted correctly. Adjust them
so they hold the stack firmly in place without bending it.
The media is binding or sticking together. Remove the media, flex it, rotate it 180°, or flip it over. Reload
the media into the input tray.
The media is removed before it settles into the output bin. Reset the device. Wait until the page completely settles in the
output bin before removing it.
During two-sided printing, you removed the paper before the
second side of the document was printed.
Reset the device and print the document again. Wait until the
page completely settles in the output bin before removing it.
The media is in poor condition. Replace the media.
The internal tray rollers are not picking up the media. If the media is heavier than 120 g/m
2
(32 lb), it might not be
picked from the tray.
The media has rough or jagged edges. Replace the media.
The media is perforated or embossed. Perforated or embossed media does not separate easily. Feed
single sheets from tray 1.
Device supply items have reached the end of their useful life. Check the device control panel for messages prompting you
to replace supplies, or print a supplies status page to verify the
remaining life of the supplies. See Use information pages
on page 45.
Paper was not stored correctly. Replace the paper in the trays. Paper should be stored in the
original packaging in a controlled environment.
Not all device packing material was removed. Verify that the packing tape, cardboard, and plastic shipping
locks have been removed from the device.
1
If the device still continues to jam, contact HP Customer Support or your authorized HP service provider.
214 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Jam locations
Use this illustration to locate media jams in the device. For instructions about clearing jams, see the
section listed for each jam location.
1
2
34
5
1Automatic document feeder (ADF) See Clear jams from the ADF on page 217.
NOTE If documents jam frequently in the ADF,
make sure that the ADF input tray is installed correctly
(see Figure 5-5 Reinstalling the ADF input tray
on page 83). ADF jams and skew can result from
incorrect reinstallation.
2Print cartridge See Clear jams from the print-cartridge area on page 219.
3Input trays See Clear jams from the input-tray areas on page 220.
4Duplex path (for two-sided printing) See Clear jams from the duplexer on page 222.
5Output bins See Clear jams from the output-bin areas on page 223.
ENWW Clear jams 215
Jam detection
The device contains five sensors that verify whether or not media is transported smoothly through the
device. Figure 6-2 Jam-detection sensors on page 216 shows the sensors.
Figure 6-2 Jam-detection sensors
PS901 Top-of-page sensor SR2 Delivery sensor
PS903 Media-width sensor PS4 Output-bin-full sensor
PS502 Duplex sensor
The CPU on the ECU identifies jams by checking whether media is present during the printing process
against media-transport timing, which is stored in memory. When the CPU determines that a jam has
occurred, it stops the printing operation and sends a signal to the formatter so that the touchscreen can
show an error message.
The CPU determines a residual-media jam if one or more of the sensors PS901, SR2, PS502, or
PS903 detects that media is present after power-on or when an open door (for example, the cartridge
door) is shut.
The CPU determines a delivery-delay jam if PS4 does not detect the leading edge of the media within
a specified time after PS901 detects the leading edge.
216 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Clear jams from the ADF
1. Open the ADF cover.
2. Lifting the green lever, rotate the pick mechanism until it stays open.
3. Gently try to remove the page without tearing it. If you feel resistance, go to the next step.
4. Open the scanner lid and gently loosen the media by using both hands. When the media is free,
gently pull it out in the direction shown.
ENWW Clear jams 217
5. Close the scanner lid, and then lower the roller assembly.
6. Close the ADF lid.
7. If any media is visible in the output bin area, gently pull it out.
218 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Clear jams from the print-cartridge area
1. Open the front door and remove the print cartridge.
CAUTION To prevent damage to the print cartridge, do not expose it to light for more than
a few minutes.
2. Open the plate, and then slowly pull the media out of the device. Be careful to not tear the media.
CAUTION Avoid spilling loose toner. Use a dry, lint-free cloth, to clean any toner that might
have fallen into the device. If loose toner falls into the device, it might cause temporary
problems with print quality. Loose toner should clear from the paper path after a few pages
are printed. If toner gets on your clothing, wipe it off with a dry cloth and wash clothing in
cold water. (Hot water sets toner into fabric.)
3. Replace the print cartridge, and then close the front door.
If a jam message persists, there is still media in the device. Look for media in other locations.
ENWW Clear jams 219
Clear jams from the input-tray areas
NOTE To remove media from the tray 1 area, slowly pull the media out of the device. For all
other trays, complete the following procedure.
1. Slide the tray out of the device, and remove any damaged paper from the tray.
2. If the edge of the paper is visible in the feed area, slowly pull the paper down and out of the device.
If the paper is not visible, look in the front door area.
NOTE Do not force the paper if it will not move easily. If the paper is stuck in a tray, try
removing it through the tray above (if applicable) or through the front door area.
220 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
3. Before replacing the tray, make sure the paper is flat in the tray at all four corners and below the
tabs on the guides.
4. Open and close the front door, and then touch OK on the touchscreen to clear the jam message.
If a jam message persists, there is still media in the device. Look for media in other locations.
ENWW Clear jams 221
Clear jams from the duplexer
1. Remove tray 2 from the device.
2. Push the green button on the top right front of the tray 2 opening to access the duplex paper path.
3. Reach in and pull out the jammed paper.
4. Push the bottom of the duplex access plate back up until it clicks into place on both sides (both
sides need to be engaged).
222 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
5. Reinstall tray 2.
6. Open and close the front door, and then touch OK on the touchscreen to clear the jam message.
If a jam message persists, there is still media in the device. Look for media in other locations.
Clear jams from the output-bin areas
NOTE If media is jammed in the top output area, but most of the media is still inside the device,
it is best to remove it through the rear door.
1. Open the rear output bin.
2. Push down on the bin door to unclip the door stops, and then let the door drop open.
ENWW Clear jams 223
3. Grasp both sides of the media, and slowly pull the media out of the device. (There might be loose
toner on the media. Be careful not to spill it on yourself or into the device.)
NOTE If media is difficult to remove, try opening the front door and removing the print
cartridge to release pressure on the media.
4. Close the rear bin.
5. Open and close the front door, and then touch OK on the touchscreen to clear the jam message.
If a jam message persists, there is still media in the device. Look for media in other locations.
224 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Interface troubleshooting
Communications checks
NOTE Communication problems are normally the customer's responsibility. Time spent
attempting to resolve these problems might not be covered by the Hewlett-Packard product
warranty. Refer the customer to the network administrator for assistance in troubleshooting
network problems.
LAN hardware test
1. To perform a LAN hardware test, touch Administration.
2. Touch Initial Setup.
3. Touch Networking and I/O.
4. Touch Embedded Jetdirect.
5. Touch Diagnostics.
6. Touch LAN HW Test.
7. Touch Yes to run the test.
If the test fails, replace the formatter (see Formatter on page 116).
NOTE For a complete list of Jetdirect menus, see the user guide.
ENWW Interface troubleshooting 225
Service mode functions
Boot-up key sequences
Use boot-up key sequences to accomplish the following service functions:
●Select language.
●Cold reset. A cold reset unlocks menus that have been previously locked and sets all control panel
menu items (including EIO settings) back to the factory defaults. However, it does not clear the
values in the SERVICE menu (such as the serial number and page counts).
NOTE Before performing a cold reset, print a configuration page (see Use information
pages on page 45). Use the information on the configuration page to reset any customer-
set device configuration values that the cold reset procedure changes.
●Embedded LAN enable.
●Embedded LAN disable.
●Initialize disks.
CAUTION A hard-disk initialization erases and reformats the device hard disk. Perform a
hard-disk initialization only if an error code on the control panel indicates a disk error. Always
try initializing the hard disk before replacing it.
NOTE Before performing a hard-disk initialization, print a configuration page (see Use
information pages on page 45). Use the information on the configuration page to reset any
customer-set device configuration values that the hard-disk initialization procedure
changes.
●Skip disk-load. When the power is turned on the device begins the power-on sequence. By
performing a skip disk-load, you can cause the device to resume the power-on sequence but not
to recognize the hard disk. This can be helpful in isolating hard-disk errors.
●NVRAM init.
CAUTION Initializing the NVRAM resets the event log, the page counts, and embedded
EIO and resets service menu values to factory defaults. NVRAM initialization does not reset
the model number, serial number, service ID (born-on date), usage data, or the error log.
Use the service menu to restore the serial number and page counts. Also reconfigure any
computers that print to this device so that the computers can recognize the device. Initialize
the NVRAM only when absolutely necessary. In most situations, use a cold reset rather than
a NVRAM initialization to reset device settings and retain the values in the service menu.
NOTE Before performing a NVRAM initialization, print a configuration page (see Use
information pages on page 45). Use the information on the configuration page to reset any
customer-set device configuration values that the NVRAM initialization procedure changes.
Take special note of the total page count, maintenance count, and the serial number.
●Skip calibration.
226 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Low-level boot-up key sequence for selecting a language, performing a cold reset, and
enabling and disabling embedded LAN
1. Turn off the device.
2. Turn on the device.
3. When the control-panel display shows that the device has begun to count the memory, press and
hold the 6 key.
4. When the LED lights turn on, release the 6 key.
5. Use the 3 and 9 keys to scroll through the options (select language, cold reset, embedded LAN
enable, and embedded LAN disable) and then press the 6 key to select the option you want.
The device continues the power-on sequence.
Medium-level boot-up key sequence for initializing disks
1. Turn off the device.
2. Turn on the device.
3. When the control-panel display shows that the device has begun to count the memory, press and
hold the Start key.
4. When the LED lights turn on, release the Start key.
NOTE Initialize disks is the only option available when using the medium-level boot-up key
sequence.
5. Press the 6 key to select Initialize disks.
The device continues the power-on sequence.
High-level boot-up key sequence for NVRAM initialization, manufacturing, and skipping
disk-load and calibration
1. Turn off the device.
2. Turn on the device.
3. When the control-panel display shows that the device has begun to count the memory, press and
hold the 9 key.
4. When the LED lights turn on, release the 9 key.
5. Press the 3 key, and then press the Start key.
6. Use the 3 and 9 keys to scroll through the options (skip disk-load, NVRAM init, manufacturing, and
skip calibration) and then press the 6 key to select the option you want.
The device continues the power-on sequence.
ENWW Service mode functions 227
Service menu
Authorized HP service technicians can use this menu to gain access to device settings that are reserved
for service personnel. The SERVICE menu is protected by use of a personal identification number (PIN).
When you select SERVICE from the list of menus, you are prompted to type an eight-digit PIN code.
NOTE The device automatically exits the SERVICE menu after about one minute if no menu
items are selected or changed.
1. Touch Administration.
2. Touch Service.
3. Enter the service PIN code and then touch OK. Use the PIN code 11303506 for the HP LaserJet
M3027/M3035 Series MFP.
4. Use the control panel to select the menu item you want.
●Clear event log. Select this item to clear (reset to zero) the internal event log.
●Total page count. Select this item to set the total number of pages that have been printed to-date.
Typically this is only required when a new formatter is installed.
●Serial number. Select this item to update the serial number if you replace the formatter.
●Service ID. Select this item to specify the date when the device was first used, rather than the date
when a replacement formatter is installed. See Service ID on page 228.
●Cold reset. Select this item to reset the default paper size when you replace the formatter or restore
factory settings (see Boot-up key sequences on page 226). When you replace a formatter or restore
factory settings in a country/region that uses A4 as the standard paper size, use this item to reset
the default paper size to A4. Letter and A4 are the only cold-reset values available.
Service ID
This information appears on the configuration page (see Use information pages on page 45), which
eliminates the need for customers to keep paper receipts for proof of the warranty. Because the device
does not have an internal clock, the availability of the service ID date depends on the device being
connected to a source that can provide the date, in this case a time server on the same network as the
device. When the device is not connected to a date source, the service ID is not available, and 00000
appears on the configuration page.
228 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Restore the service ID
If you replace the formatter, the service ID is lost. Use this menu item to reset the value to the date that
the device was first used. The date format is YYDDD. Use the following procedure to calculate the date.
1. To calculate YY, subtract 1990 from the calendar year. For instance, if the device was first used in
2002, calculate YY as follows: 2002 - 1990 = 12 (YY = 12).
2. To calculate DDD, use the following formula: 30 (calendar month - 1) + calendar day = DDD. If the
calendar day is 31, use 30 instead. For instance, if the printer was first used on October 17,
calculate DDD as follows:
a. Subtract 1 from 10 (October is the tenth month of the year): 10 - 1 = 9.
b. Multiply 9 by 30: 9 x 30 = 270.
c. Add 17 to 270: 270 + 17 = 287 (DDD = 287).
Convert the service ID to an actual date
You can use the device service ID number to determine whether the device is still under warranty. Use
the following procedure to convert the service ID into the installation date.
1. Add 1990 to YY to determine the actual year that the device was installed.
2. Divide DDD by 30 and add 1 to the remainder. The total is the month.
3. The remainder from the calculation in step 2 is the day of the month.
Using the Service ID 12287 as an example, the date conversion is as follows:
●12 + 1990 = 2002, so the year is 2002.
●287 divided by 30 = 9 with a remainder of 17. Add 1 to 9 to get 10 so the month is October.
●The remainder (from the above calculation) is 17, so that is the day of the month.
●The complete date is 17-October-2002.
A six-day grace period is built into the date system.
ENWW Service mode functions 229
Troubleshooting tools
Control-panel menus
Touch Administration to open the control-panel menus. Use the scroll bar on the control panel to scroll
through the menus. Touching a menu item opens the menu. The high-level menus appear in the
following order:
Main menus Information menu
Default Job Options menu
Time/Scheduling menu
Management menu
Initial Setup menu
Device Behavior menu
Print Quality menu
Troubleshooting menu
Resets menu
Service menu
Print Quality menu
Use the Optimize submenu of the Print Quality menu to troubleshoot print-quality issues.
Table 6-2 Print Quality menu
Menu item Sub-menu item Values Description
Optimize High Transfer Normal (default)
Increased
Set High Transfer to Increased if parts of the printed
image appear to have extra toner.
More Separation Off (default)
On
Set More Separation to On if media repeatedly jams in
the print cartridge when printing single-sided print jobs.
NOTE When More Separation is set to On,
a print defect across the width of the page near
the leading edge might be noticeable.
Line Detail Off (default)
On
Set Line Detail to On if printed lines and text are
blurred.
Restore Optimize Restore (button) Reset all the Optimize parameters to the factory default
settings.
230 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Troubleshooting menu
Administrators can use this menu to isolate parts and to troubleshoot jam and print-quality issues.
The following section lists the settings and their possible values in the Troubleshooting menu.
Table 6-3 Troubleshooting menu
Menu item Sub-menu item Values Description
Event Log Print (button) Use this feature to show the 50 most recent events in
the event log.
Touch Print to print the full event log.
Calibrate Scanner Calibrate Use this feature to compensate for offsets in the
scanner imaging system (carriage head) for ADF and
flatbed scans.
You might need to calibrate the scanner if it is not
capturing the correct sections of scanned documents.
Fax T.30 Trace T.30 Report Use this feature to print or configure the fax T.30 trace
report. T.30 is the standard that specifies handshaking,
protocols, and error correction between fax
machines.
When to Print Report Never auto print
Print after any fax job
Print after fax send jobs
Print after any fax error
Print after send errors only
Print after receive errors
only
Fax Transmit Signal Loss A value between 0 and 30. Use this feature to set loss levels to compensate for
phone line signal loss. You should not modify this
setting unless requested to do so by an HP service
representative because it could cause the fax to stop
functioning.
Fax V.34 Normal (default)
Off
Use this feature to disable V.34 modulations if several
fax failures have occurred or if phone line conditions
require it.
Fax Speaker Mode Normal (default)
Diagnostic
This feature is used by a service technician to evaluate
and diagnose fax issues by listening to the sounds of
fax modulations.
ENWW Troubleshooting tools 231
Menu item Sub-menu item Values Description
Paper Path Test Test Page Print (button) Generate a test page for testing paper handling
features. You can define the path that is used for the
test in order to test specific paper paths.
Source All trays
Tray 1
Tray 2
(Additional trays are
shown, if applicable.)
Specify whether the test page will be printed from all
trays or from a specific tray.
Duplex Off (default)
On
Select whether the duplexer should be included in the
Paper Path test.
Copies 1 (default)
10
50
100
500
Select how many pages should be sent from the
specified source as part of the Paper Path test.
Scanner Tests This menu item is used by a service technician to
diagnose potential problems with the device scanner.
Control Panel LEDs Use this feature to make sure the components of the
control panel are functioning correctly.
Display
Buttons
Touchscreen
Table 6-3 Troubleshooting menu (continued)
232 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Early-boot diagnostic test
The device runs several formatter self-tests when power is turned on. The sequence of tests and power-
on events is shown below.
1. Power on
2. Early boot
3. Memory test
4. Initialization (formatter support package) ready
5. Power supplied by line to power supplies, fans on
6. Control panel
7. Control panel LEDs
8. Memory count
9. HP "blooming" logo
If the power-on sequence stops with no control panel display, check to see if any of the control-panel
LEDs are on.
1. Note which LEDs are on and which LEDs are off and compare the combination to Table 6-4 Early-
boot diagnostic test on page 233.
Table 6-4 Early-boot diagnostic test
Test Ready Data Attention Test Ready Data Attention
A – – – E – – +
B + – – F + – +
C – + – G – + +
D++– H+++
2. Turn the device off.
3. Reseat the formatter and make sure that all formatter connectors are seated correctly.
4. Remove any installed memory DIMM (especially if the combination of LEDs indicated LED status
D, E, F, G, or H).
5. Check control-panel connections.
6. Turn the device on.
If the power-on sequence fails again and the combination of LEDs is the same combination of LEDs as
the first time it failed, replace the formatter.
NOTE If the device passes the early-boot diagnostic test, the formatter is working correctly and
should not be replaced.
ENWW Troubleshooting tools 233
Test pages
Printing test pages helps you determine whether or not the device engine and the formatter are
functioning.
NOTE Information pages also can be used to solve device issues. See Use information
pages on page 45.
Engine-test page
To verify that the device engine is functioning, print an engine-test page. To print an engine-test page,
press the engine-test-page switch (callout 1).
1
Figure 6-3 Locating the engine-test-page switch
The test page should have a series of horizontal lines. The test page prints from the last tray that the
device pulled from, unless the device has been turned off and then turned on again since the most recent
print job. If the device has been turned off and then on again since the most recent print job, then the
page will print from tray 2. The device will continuously print test pages until the test-page switch is
released. The device will not print a test page if it is in Sleep mode.
NOTE A damaged formatter might interfere with the engine test. If the engine test page does
not print, try removing the formatter and performing the engine test again. If the engine test is
then successful, the problem is in the formatter, the control panel, or the cable that connects
them.
234 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Formatter test page
To verify that the formatter is functioning, print a configuration page. See Use information pages
on page 45.
Embedded Web server
When the device is connected to the network, the embedded Web server is automatically available.
Use the embedded Web server to view device and network status and to manage printing functions
from your computer instead of from the device control panel. The following are examples of what you
can do through the embedded Web server:
●View device status information
●Specify the type of media that is loaded in each tray
●Determine the remaining life for all supplies and order new supplies
●View and change tray configurations
●View and change the device control panel menu configurations
●View and print internal pages
●Receive notification of device and supplies events
●View and change the network configuration
To use the embedded Web server, you must have Microsoft Internet Explorer 4 or later, or Netscape
Navigator 4 or later. The embedded Web server works when the device is connected to an IP-based
network. The embedded Web server does not support IPX-based device connections. You do not have
to have Internet access to open and use the embedded Web server.
Gaining access to the embedded Web server
In a supported Web browser on your computer, type the IP address for the device. (To find the
IP address, print a configuration page.)
NOTE After you navigate to the URL, you can bookmark it so that you can return to it quickly
in the future.
The embedded Web server has three tabs that contain settings for and information about the device:
the Information tab, the Settings tab, and the Network tab. Click the tab that you want to view. See
the following sections for more information about each tab.
Information tab
The Information tab contains the following pages.
●Device Status. Shows the device status and the life that remains in HP supplies (0% indicates that
a supply is empty). This page also shows the type and size of print media that is set for each tray.
To change the default settings, click Change Settings.
●Configuration page. Shows the information that is contained on the device configuration page.
●Supplies Status. Shows the life that remains in HP supplies (0% represents that a supply is empty).
This page also provides supplies part numbers. To order new supplies, click Order Supplies in
ENWW Troubleshooting tools 235
the Other Links area on the left side of the window. To visit this or any Web site, you must have
Internet access.
●Event log. Shows a list of all device events and errors.
●Usage page. Shows a summary of the number of pages the device has printed, grouped by size
and type (this page is only available if an optional hard disk is installed).
●Device Information. Shows the device network name, address, and model information. To change
these entries, click Device Information on the Settings tab.
Settings tab
Use the Settings tab to configure the device from your computer. The Settings tab can be password
protected. If the device is on a network, always consult with the network administrator before changing
settings on this tab.
The Settings tab contains the following pages.
●Configure Device. Use this page to configure all of the device settings. This page contains the
traditional device menus: Information, Paper Handling, Configure Device, and Diagnostics.
●Alerts. (On networks only.) Use this page to establish e-mail alerts for various device and supplies
events.
●E-mail. (On networks only.) Use this page in conjunction with the Alerts page to set up incoming
and outgoing e-mail, as well as to establish e-mail alerts.
●Security. Use this page to set a password that must be typed to gain access to the Settings
and Networking tabs. Also use it to enable and disable certain features of the
embedded Web server.
●Other Links. Use this page to add or customize a link to another Web site. The link you establish
appears in the Other Links area on all embedded Web server pages. The following permanent
links always appear in the Other Links area: HP Instant Support, Order Supplies, and Product
Support.
●Device Information. Use this page to name the device and assign an asset number to it. Use the
name and e-mail address for the primary contact who will receive information about the device.
●Language. Use this page to specify the language in which the embedded Web server information
appears.
Networking tab
The network administrator uses this tab to control network-related settings for the device when it is
connected to an IP-based network. This tab does not appear if the device is directly connected to a
computer, or if the device is connected to a network with anything other than an HP Jetdirect print server.
Other links
This section of the embedded Web server contains links that connect you to the Internet. You must have
Internet access in order to use any of these links. If you use a dial-up connection and did not connect
236 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
when you first opened the embedded Web server, you must connect before you can visit these Web
sites. Connecting to the Internet might require that you close your Web browser and reopen it.
●HP Instant Support connects to the HP Web site to help you find solutions. This service analyzes
your device error log and configuration information to provide diagnostic and support information
that is specific to your device.
●Order Supplies connects to the HP Web site so that you can order genuine HP supplies, such as
print cartridges and paper.
●Product Support connects to the support site for the device, where you can search for help.
ENWW Troubleshooting tools 237
Image defect ruler
Use a ruler to measure occurrences of repetitive image defects to help solve image quality problems.
Place the ruler next to the first occurrence of the defect on the page. Find the distance between identical
defects and use the figure below to identify the component that is causing the defect.
OPTICAL PHOTO CONDUCTOR 96mm
FUSER 76mm
PRESSURE ROLLER 62mm
DEVELOPER 47mm
TRANSFER ROLLER 43.6mm
PRIMARY CHARGING ROLLER 38mm
0mm
238 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Firmware updates and recovery
The device uses a flash-memory-based formatter that enables the firmware code to be updated when
updated firmware is available. Flash memory also provides a method for product recovery if the installed
firmware becomes corrupted or fails.
The device has remote firmware update (RFU) capability. Use the information in this section to upgrade
the firmware. The overall process involves the following steps:
1. Determine the current level of firmware that is installed on the device.
2. Go to the HP Web site and find out whether a firmware update is available. If an update is available,
download the latest firmware to your computer.
3. Transfer the new firmware from your computer to the device.
NOTE If after attempting to update the firmware code the device does not return to the
Ready state, perform the following procedures:
Try the firmware update again.
Perform the NVRAM init procedure. See Service mode functions on page 226.
If the device still does not reach the Ready state, replace the formatter. See Formatter
on page 116.
Determine the current level of firmware
The current level of firmware is shown on the configuration page. To print a configuration page, touch
Administration, touch Configuration/Status Pages, touch Configuration Page, and then touch Print.
The firmware datecode is listed in the section called Device Information. The firmware datecode has
this format: YYYYMMDD XX.XXX.X. The first string of numbers is the date, where YYYY represents the
year, MM represents the month, and DD represents the date. For example, a firmware datecode of that
begins with 20040225 represents February 25, 2004.
Download the new firmware from the HP Web site
To find the most recent firmware upgrade for the device, go to www.hp.com/support/LJM3027mfp or
www.hp.com/support/LJM3035mfp. This page provides instructions for downloading the new firmware
version.
ENWW Firmware updates and recovery 239
Transfer the new firmware to the device
Use one of the following methods to update the firmware.
Use FTP to upgrade the firmware on a network connection
NOTE The device can receive an .RFU file update as long as it is in a Ready state.
The elapsed time for an update depends on the I/O transfer time, as well as the time that it takes for the
device to reinitialize. The I/O transfer time depends on a number of things, including the speed of the
host computer that is sending the update. If the remote firmware update process is interrupted before
the firmware is downloaded (while Receiving Upgrade appears on the control-panel display), the
firmware file must be sent again. If power is lost during the flash DIMM update (while the Performing
Upgrade message appears on the control-panel display), the update is interrupted and the message
Resend Upgrade appears (in English only) on the control-panel display. In this case, you must send
the upgrade by using the parallel port. Finally, any jobs that are ahead of the RFU job in the queue are
completed before the update is processed.
Follow these instructions to perform the upgrade by using FTP.
1. Take note of the IP address on the HP Jetdirect page. The HP Jetdirect page is the second page
that prints when you print the configuration page.
NOTE Before upgrading the firmware, make sure that the device is not in Sleep mode.
Also make sure that any error messages are cleared from the control-panel display.
2. Open an MS-DOS command prompt on your computer.
3. Type: ftp <TCP/IP ADDRESS>. For example, if the TCP/IP address is 192.168.0.90, type ftp
192.168.0.90.
4. Press Enter on the keyboard.
5. When prompted for the user name, press Enter.
6. When prompted for the password, press Enter.
7. Type bin at the command prompt.
8. Press Enter. The message 200 Types set to I, Using binary mode to transfer files appears in
the command window.
9. Type put <filename> where <filename> is the name of the .RFU file that was downloaded from
the Web, including the path. For example, type put C:\LJ\M3035FW.RFU, and then press Enter.
NOTE If the file name or path includes a space, you must enclose the file name or path in
quotation marks. For example, type put “C:\MY DOCUMENTS\LJ\M3035FW.RFU”
The following series of messages appears in the command window:
200 PORT command successful
150 Opening BINARY mode data connection
226 Ready
240 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
226 Processing Job
226 Transfer complete
Then, a message that contains the transfer-speed information appears.
10. The download process begins and the firmware is updated on the device. This can take
approximately five minutes. Let the process finish without further interaction with the device or
computer.
NOTE The devcie automatically turns off and then on again after processing the upgrade.
11. At the command prompt, type: bye to exit the ftp command.
12. At the command prompt, type: exit to return to the Windows interface.
Use HP Web Jetadmin to upgrade the firmware
This procedure requires that you install HP Web Jetadmin Version 7.0 or later on the computer. See
Use HP Web Jetadmin software on page 52. Complete the following steps to update a single device
through HP Web Jetadmin after downloading the .RFU file from the HP Web site.
1. Start HP Web Jetadmin.
2. Open the Device Management folder in the drop-down list in the Navigation panel. Navigate to
the Device Lists folder.
3. Expand the Device Lists folder and select All Devices. Locate the device in the list of devices,
and then click to select it.
If you need to upgrade the firmware for more than one device, select all of them by pressing the
Ctrl key as you click the name of each device.
4. Locate the drop-down box for Device Tools in the upper-right corner of the window. Select Update
Printer Firmware from the action list.
5. If the name of the .RFU file is not listed in the All Available Images box, click Browse in the
Upload New Firmware Image dialog box and navigate to the location of the .RFU file that you
downloaded from the Web at the start of this procedure. If the filename is listed, select it.
6. Click Upload to move the .RFU file from your hard drive to the HP Web Jetadmin server. After the
upload is complete, the browser window refreshes.
7. Select the .RFU file from the Printer Firmware Update drop-down menu.
8. Click Update Firmware. HP Web Jetadmin sends the selected .RFU file to the device. The control
panel shows messages that indicate the progress of the upgrade. At the end of the upgrade
process, the control panel shows the Ready message.
ENWW Firmware updates and recovery 241
Use MS-DOS commands to upgrade the firmware
To update the firmware by using a network connection, follow these instructions.
1. From a command prompt or in an MS-DOS window, type the following: copy /B <FILENAME>
\\<COMPUTERNAME>\<SHARENAME>, where <FILENAME> is the name of the .RFU file (including
the path), <COMPUTERNAME> is the name of the computer from which the device is being shared,
and <SHARENAME> is the device share name. For example: C:\>copy /b C:\M3035FW.RFU
\\YOUR_SERVER\YOUR_COMPUTER.
NOTE If the file name or path includes a space, you must enclose the file name or path in
quotation marks. For example, type: C:\>copy /b "C:\MY DOCUMENTS
\M3035FW.RFU" \\YOUR_SERVER\YOUR_COMPUTER.
2. Press Enter on the keyboard. The control panel shows a message that indicates the progress of
the firmware upgrade. At the end of the upgrade process, the control panel shows the Ready
message . The message 1 file(s) copied appears on the computer screen.
Upgrade the HP Jetdirect firmware
The HP Jetdirect network interface in the device has firmware that can be upgraded separately from the
device firmware. This procedure requires that you install HP Web Jetadmin Version 7.0 or later on the
computer. See Use HP Web Jetadmin software on page 52. Complete the following steps to update the
HP Jetdirect firmware by using HP Web Jetadmin.
1. Open the HP Web Jetadmin program.
2. Open the Device Management folder in the drop-down list in the Navigation panel. Navigate to
the Device Lists folder.
3. Select the device that you want to update.
4. In the Device Tools drop-down list, select Jetdirect Firmware Update.
5. Under Jetdirect firmware version the HP Jetdirect model number and current firmware version
are listed. Make a note of these.
6. Go to www.hp.com/go/wja_firmware.
7. Scroll down to the list of HP Jetdirect model numbers and find the model number you wrote down.
8. Look at the current firmware version for the model, and see if it is later than the version you wrote
down. If it is, right-click on the firmware link, and follow the instructions on the Web page to
download the new firmware file. The file must be saved into the <drive>:\PROGRAM FILES\HP
WEB JETADMIN\DOC\PLUGINS\HPWJA\FIRMWARE\JETDIRECT folder on the computer that is
running the HP Web Jetadmin software.
9. In HP Web Jetadmin, return to the main device list and select the digital sender again.
10. In the Device Tools drop-down list, select Jetdirect Firmware Update again.
11. On the HP Jetdirect firmware page, the new firmware version is listed under Jetdirect Firmware
Available on HP Web Jetadmin. Click the Update Firmware Now button to update the Jetdirect
firmware.
242 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Troubleshoot general printing problems
The device selects media from the wrong tray.
Cause Solution
The tray selection in the software program might be incorrect. For many software programs, the tray selection appears on
the Page Setup menu within the program.
Remove any media in other trays to make the device select
from the correct tray.
For Macintosh computers, use the HP LaserJet Utility to
change the priority of the tray.
The configured size does not match the size of the media that
is loaded in the tray.
Through the control panel, change the configured size to
match the size of the media that is loaded in the tray.
The device does not pull media from a tray.
Cause Solution
The tray is empty. Load media in the tray.
The paper guides are set incorrectly. To set the guides correctly, see the user guide.
For the 500-sheet tray, make sure that the leading edge of the
media stack is even. An uneven edge can prevent the lift plate
from rising.
Paper curls when it exits the device.
Cause Solution
The paper curls when it exits to the top output bin. Open the rear output bin to allow the paper to exit in a straight
path through the device.
Turn over the paper that you are printing on.
Reduce the fusing temperature to reduce the curling. (See the
user guide.)
Print job is extremely slow.
Cause Solution
The job might be very complex.
The maximum speed of the device cannot be exceeded even
when more memory is added.
Printing speeds might be automatically reduced when printing
on custom-sized media.
Note: Slower speeds are expected when printing on narrow
paper, when printing from tray 1, or when using the HIGH 2
fuser mode.
Reduce the complexity of the page or try adjusting the print-
quality settings. If this problem occurs frequently, add memory
to the device.
ENWW Troubleshoot general printing problems 243
Print job is extremely slow.
Cause Solution
You are printing a PDF or PostScript (PS) file but are using a
PCL printer driver.
Try using the PS printer driver rather than the PCL printer
driver. (You can usually do this from a software program.)
In the printer driver, Type is is set to card stock, heavy, rough,
or bond paper.
In the printer driver, set the type to plain paper (see the user
guide).
Note: If you change the setting to plain paper, the print job will
print more quickly. However, if you are using heavy media, for
best results leave the printer driver set to heavy even though
printing might be slower.
Print job prints on both sides of the paper.
Cause Solution
The device is set for duplexing. See the user guide to change the setting, or see the online
Help.
Print job contains only one page but the device also processes the back side of the page (the page comes part of the
way out, and then goes back into the device).
Cause Solution
The device is set for duplexing. Even if the print job contains
only one page, the device also processes the back side.
See the user guide to change the setting, or see the online
Help.
Do not try to pull the page out of the device before duplexing
is complete. Jamming might result.
Pages print, but are totally blank.
Cause Solution
The sealing tape might still be in the print cartridge. Remove the print cartridge and pull out the sealing tape.
Reinstall the print cartridge.
The file might have blank pages. Check the file to make sure that it does not contain blank
pages.
The print cartridge is empty. Replace the print cartridge.
The device prints, but the text is wrong, garbled, or incomplete.
Cause Solution
The device cable is loose or defective. Disconnect the device cable and reconnect it. Try a print job
that you know works. If possible, attach the cable and device
to another computer and try a print job that you know works.
Finally, try a new cable.
244 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
The device prints, but the text is wrong, garbled, or incomplete.
Cause Solution
The device is on a network or sharing device and is not
receiving a clear signal.
Disconnect the device from the network and use a USB cable
to attach it directly to a computer. Print a job that you know
works.
The wrong driver was selected in the software. Check the software device-selection menu to make sure that
the device is selected.
The software program is malfunctioning. Try printing a job from another program.
The device does not respond when you select Print in the software.
Cause Solution
The device is out of media. Add media.
The device might be in the manual-feed mode. Change the device from manual-feed mode.
The cable between the computer and the device is not
connected correctly.
Disconnect and reconnect the cable.
The device cable is defective. If possible, attach the cable to another computer and print a
job that you know works. You might also try using a different
cable.
The wrong device was selected in the software. Check the software device selection menu to make sure that
the correct device is selected.
The device might have a jam. Clear any jams, paying careful attention to the duplexer area
(if your model has a duplexer). See Clear jams on page 214.
The software for the device is not configured for the printer port. Check the software device-selection menu to make sure that
it is using the correct port. If the computer has more than one
port, make sure that the device is attached to the correct one.
The device is on a network and is not receiving a signal. Check cable connections. Reinstall the printing software. Print
a job that you know works.
Clear any stopped jobs from the print queue.
The device is not receiving power. If no lights are on, check the power-cord connections. Check
the power switch. Check the power source.
The device is malfunctioning. Check the control-panel display for messages and lights to
determine if the device is indicating an error. Note any
messages and see Control-panel messages on page 201.
ENWW Troubleshoot general printing problems 245
Troubleshoot media-handling problems
If media is feeding incorrectly, use the information in this section to identify and resolve the problem.
Multiple pages feed
Table 6-5 Causes for multiple pages feeding
Cause Solution
Too much media (particularly envelopes) is loaded in tray 1. Remove some of the media and resend the print job.
The separation rollers and pads in the trays are worn or
damaged.
Replace the rollers and pads.
The media edges are locked together. Flex the media stack before loading it into the device. Do not
fan the media.
The spring pushing the separation roller or pad is defective. Replace the spring.
The media is of poor quality. Check the media type and quality (see Media specifications
on page 15).
Pages are wrinkled or folded
Table 6-6 Causes for wrinkled or folded paper at the paper-path entrance
Cause Solution
The feed rollers or registration rollers are dirty or defective. Replace the affected rollers.
The paper path contains foreign substances or dirt. Remove any foreign substances or dirt from the paper path.
The cartridge shutter open/close mechanism is damaged.
(This can cause jams in which the media is crumpled into an
accordion fold under the print cartridge.)
The shutter in the print cartridge should open as you insert the
cartridge. If a shutter does not open, replace the print cartridge.
The registration assembly is defective. If the registration arm is dirty, clean it. If the arm is scarred or
worn, replace the registration assembly (see Registration
assembly on page 183.
Table 6-7 Causes for wrinkled or folded paper at the paper-path exit
Cause Solution
The fuser inlet guide is dirty. Replace the fuser (see Fuser on page 139).
The fuser pressure roller is dirty or damaged. Run several cleaning pages through the device. If the problem
persists, replace the fuser (see Fuser on page 139).
246 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Pages are skewed
Table 6-8 Causes for skewed pages
Cause Solution
Paper dust or dirt has accumulated on the tray feed roller or
separation roller.
Clean or replace the rollers.
The tray feed roller and separation roller are worn irregularly. Replace the affected roller.
The registration assembly is defective. Replace the registration assembly (see Registration
assembly on page 183).
Tray 2 is defective. Replace tray 2.
ENWW Troubleshoot media-handling problems 247
Troubleshoot print-quality problems
This section helps you define print-quality problems and what to do to correct them. Often print-quality
problems can be handled easily by making sure that the device is correctly maintained, using print media
that meets HP specifications, or running a cleaning page.
Print-quality checklist
Follow the checklist to solve general print-quality problems.
●Process a cleaning page to clean the fuser (see Clean the fuser on page 44).
●Check the printer driver to make sure that you are using the best available print-quality option (see
the user guide).
●Try printing with one of the alternative printer drivers. The most recent printer drivers area available
for download from www.hp.com/go/LJM3027mfp_software or www.hp.com/go/
LJM3035mfp_software.
●Clean the inside of the device (see Clean the device on page 40).
●Check the paper type and quality (see Media specifications on page 15).
●Check to make sure that Economode is off in the software.
●Troubleshoot general printing problems (see Troubleshoot general printing problems
on page 243).
●Install a new HP print cartridge, and then check the print quality again. (See the instructions
provided with the print cartridge.)
NOTE If the page is totally blank, check to make sure that the sealing tape is removed from the
print cartridge and that the print cartridge is installed correctly. Newer devices have been
optimized to print characters more accurately. This might result in characters that look lighter or
thinner than you are used to from an older device. If the page is printing images darker than those
from an older device, and you want the images to match the older device, make these changes
in the printer driver: on the Finishing tab, select Print Quality, select Custom, click Details, and
select Print Images Lighter.
248 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Image-defect examples
Use the examples in this image-defect table to determine which print-quality problem you are
experiencing, and then see the corresponding reference pages to troubleshoot the problem. These
examples identify the most common print-quality problems.
NOTE The examples below depict letter-size paper that has passed through the device short-
edge first.
See Light print (partial
page) on page 250
See Light print (entire
page) on page 251
See Specks
on page 251
See Specks
on page 251
See Dropouts
on page 252
See Dropouts
on page 252
See Dropouts
on page 252
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
B
C
C
C
C
C
a
a
a
a
a
c
c
c
c
c
b
b
b
b
b
See Lines
on page 252
See Gray background
on page 253
See Toner smear
on page 253
See Loose toner
on page 254 See Repeating
defects on page 254
Dear Mr. Abhjerhjk,
The dhjhfiuhu if teint hhkjhjnf j us a weue jd, fnk
ksneh vnk kjdfkaakd ss hsjhnckkajhdhf kashfhnduujdn.
Pkshkkhklhlkhkhyufwe4yrh9jjflkln djd skshkshdcnksnjcnal
aksnclnslskjlncsl nas lnslna, ncnsljsjscljckn nsnclknsllj
hwlsdknls nwljs nlnscl nijhsn clsncij hn. Iosi fsjs jlkh andjna this
is a hn. jns fir stie a djakjd ajjssk. Thsi ius vnvlu tyeh lch afted,
and when hghj hgjhk jdj a dt sonnleh.
Suolklv jsdj hvjkrt ten sutc of jthjkfjkn vjdj hwjd, an olk d
.at fhjdjht ajshef. Sewlfl nv atug ahgjfjknvr kdkjdh sj hvjk
sjskrplo book. Camegajd sand their djnln as orged tyehha
as as hf hv of the tinhgh in the cescmdal vlala tojk. Ho sn shj
shjkh a sjca kvkjn? No ahdkj ahhtuah ahavjnv hv vh aefve r
Tehreh ahkj vaknihidh was skjsaa a dhkjfn anj
cjkhapsldnlj llhfoihrfhthej ahjkkjna oa h j a kah w asj kskjnk as
sa fjkank cakajhjkn eanjsdn qa ejhc pjtpvjlnv4purlaxnwl. Ana
l, and the askeina of ahthvnasm. Sayhvjan tjhhjhr ajn ve fh k
v nja vkfkahjd a. Smakkljl a sehiah adheufh if you do klakc k
w vka ah call lthe cjakha aa d a sd fijs.
Sincerely,
Mr. Scmehnjcj
See Repeating image
on page 255
AaBbCc
AaBbCc
AaBbCc
AaBbCc
AaBbCc
AaBbCc
See Misformed
characters
on page 255
See Page skew
on page 256
ENWW Troubleshoot print-quality problems 249
See Curl or wave
on page 256
See Wrinkles or
creases on page 257
See Vertical white
lines on page 257
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
B
C
C
C
C
C
a
a
a
a
a
c
c
c
c
c
b
b
b
b
b
See Tire tracks
on page 258
See White spots on
black on page 258
See Scattered lines
on page 259 See Blurred print
on page 259
See Random image
repetition on page 260
(dark)
See Random image
repetition on page 260
(light)
Light print (partial page)
1. Make sure that the print cartridge is fully installed.
2. The toner level in the print cartridge might be low. Replace the print cartridge.
3. The media might not meet HP specifications (for example, the paper is too moist or too rough).
See Media specifications on page 15.
4. The transfer roller might be worn or contaminated. Replace the transfer roller (see Transfer
roller on page 182.
250 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Light print (entire page)
1. Make sure that the print cartridge is fully installed.
2. Make sure that the EconoMode setting is turned off at the control panel and in the printer driver.
3. Open the Print Quality menu at the device control panel. Open the Toner Density submenu and
increase the toner density setting. See the user guide.
4. Try using a different type of media.
5. The print cartridge might be almost empty. Replace the print cartridge.
6. The print cartridge might be installed incorrectly. Reinstall the print cartridge.
7. The transfer roller might be defective or installed incorrectly. Verify that the transfer roller is installed
correctly. If the transfer roller is damaged, replace it.
8. The power supply might be defective. Replace the power supply (see High-voltage power supply
(HVPS) on page 149.
Specks
Specks might appear on a page after a jam has been cleared.
1. Print a few more pages to see if the problem corrects itself.
2. Clean the inside of the device and run a cleaning page to clean the fuser. (See Clean the device
on page 40.)
3. Try using a different type of media.
4. Check the print cartridge for leaks. If the print cartridge is leaking, replace it.
5. The print cartridge might be defective. Replace the print cartridge.
6. The fuser might be defective. Replace the fuser Fuser on page 139.
ENWW Troubleshoot print-quality problems 251
Dropouts
1. Make sure that the environmental specifications for the device are being met. (See Operating
environment on page 22.)
2. If the paper is rough, and the toner easily rubs off, open the Print Quality menu at the device control
panel. Open the Fuser Modes submenu and then select the paper type that you are using. Change
the setting to HIGH 1 or HIGH 2, which helps the toner fuse more completely onto the paper. See
the user guide.
3. Try using a smoother paper.
4. The print cartridge might be defective. Replace the print cartridge.
5. Fuser rollers might be dirty. Run a cleaning page (several pages might be required if the fuser is
very dirty). If the image defect persists, replace the fuser (see Fuser on page 139.
6. The transfer roller might be damaged, dirty, or worn. Try cleaning the transfer roller by using a dry,
lint-free cloth. If the image defect persists, replace the transfer roller.
7. The power supply might be defective. Replace the power supply (see High-voltage power supply
(HVPS) on page 149.
Lines
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
B
C
C
C
C
C
a
a
a
a
a
c
c
c
c
c
b
b
b
b
b
1. Print a few more pages to see if the problem corrects itself.
2. Clean the inside of the device and run a cleaning page to clean the fuser. (See Clean the device
on page 40.)
3. Replace the print cartridge.
252 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Gray background
1. Do not use media that has already been run through the device.
2. Try using a different type of media.
3. Print a few more pages to see if the problem corrects itself.
4. Turn over the stack of media in the tray. Also, try rotating the stack 180°.
5. Open the Print Quality menu at the device control panel. Open the Toner Density submenu and
increase the toner density setting. See the user guide.
6. Make sure that the environmental specifications for the device are being met. (See Operating
environment on page 22.)
7. Replace the print cartridge.
8. The power supply might be defective. Replace the power supply (see High-voltage power supply
(HVPS) on page 149).
Toner smear
1. Print a few more pages to see if the problem corrects itself.
2. Try using a different type of media.
3. Make sure that the environmental specifications for the device are being met. (See Operating
environment on page 22.)
4. Clean the inside of the device and run a cleaning page to clean the fuser. (See Clean the device
on page 40.)
5. Replace the print cartridge.
6. The fuser might be defective. Replace the fuser (see Fuser on page 139).
7. The ECU might be defective. Replace the ECU (see Engine control unit (ECU) on page 131).
Also see Loose toner on page 254.
ENWW Troubleshoot print-quality problems 253
Loose toner
Loose toner, in this context, is defined as toner that can be rubbed off the page.
1. If the paper is rough, and the toner easily rubs off, open the Print Quality menu at the device control
panel. Open the Fuser Modes submenu and then select the paper type that you are using. Change
the setting to HIGH 1 or HIGH 2, which helps the toner fuse more completely onto the paper. See
the user guide.
2. If you have observed a rougher texture on one side of the paper, try printing on the smoother side.
3. Make sure that the environmental specifications for the device are being met. (See Operating
environment on page 22.)
4. Make sure that type and quality of the media that you are using meet HP specifications. (See Media
specifications on page 15.)
5. The fuser might be defective. Replace the fuser (see Fuser on page 139).
6. The ECU might be defective. Replace the ECU (see Laser/scanner on page 142).
Repeating defects
1. Print a few more pages to see if the problem corrects itself.
2. Clean the inside of the device and run a cleaning page to clean the fuser. (See Clean the device
on page 40.)
3. Measure the distance between two identical defects and see Image defect ruler on page 238.
Also see Repeating image on page 255.
254 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Repeating image
Dear Mr. Abhjerhjk,
The dhjhfiuhu if teint hhkjhjnf j us a weue jd, fnk
ksneh vnk kjdfkaakd ss hsjhnckkajhdhf kashfhnduujdn.
Pkshkkhklhlkhkhyufwe4yrh9jjflkln djd skshkshdcnksnjcnal
aksnclnslskjlncsl nas lnslna, ncnsljsjscljckn nsnclknsllj
hwlsdknls nwljs nlnscl nijhsn clsncij hn. Iosi fsjs jlkh andjna this
is a hn. jns fir stie a djakjd ajjssk. Thsi ius vnvlu tyeh lch afted,
and when hghj hgjhk jdj a dt sonnleh.
Suolklv jsdj hvjkrt ten sutc of jthjkfjkn vjdj hwjd, an olk d
.at fhjdjht ajshef. Sewlfl nv atug ahgjfjknvr kdkjdh sj hvjk
sjskrplo book. Camegajd sand their djnln as orged tyehha
as as hf hv of the tinhgh in the cescmdal vlala tojk. Ho sn shj
shjkh a sjca kvkjn? No ahdkj ahhtuah ahavjnv hv vh aefve r
Tehreh ahkj vaknihidh was skjsaa a dhkjfn anj
cjkhapsldnlj llhfoihrfhthej ahjkkjna oa h j a kah w asj kskjnk as
sa fjkank cakajhjkn eanjsdn qa ejhc pjtpvjlnv4purlaxnwl. Ana
l, and the askeina of ahthvnasm. Sayhvjan tjhhjhr ajn ve fh k
v nja vkfkahjd a. Smakkljl a sehiah adheufh if you do klakc k
w vka ah call lthe cjakha aa d a sd fijs.
Sincerely,
Mr. Scmehnjcj
This type of defect might occur when using preprinted forms or a large quantity of narrow paper.
1. Print a few more pages to see if the problem corrects itself.
2. Run a cleaning page, and then print a few more pages to see if the problem persists.
3. Make sure that type and quality of the media that you are using meet HP specifications. (See Media
specifications on page 15.)
4. Measure the distance between two identical defects and see Image defect ruler on page 238.
Misformed characters
AaBbCc
AaBbCc
AaBbCc
AaBbCc
AaBbCc
AaBbCc
1. Print a few more pages to see if the problem corrects itself.
2. Make sure that the environmental specifications for the device are being met. (See Operating
environment on page 22.)
3. Reseat cables that are connected to the laser/scanner.
4. Reseat cables that are connected to the ECU.
5. If the image defect persists, the laser/scanner might be defective. Replace the laser/scanner.
See Laser/scanner on page 142.
6. Inspect the gears in the main drive assembly and replace the assembly if gears are damaged
(see Gear assembly on page 162).
7. The ECU might be defective. Replace the ECU (see Engine control unit (ECU) on page 131).
ENWW Troubleshoot print-quality problems 255
Page skew
1. Print a few more pages to see if the problem corrects itself.
2. Verify that there are no torn pieces of media inside the device.
3. Make sure that media is loaded correctly and that all adjustments have been made. (See the user
guide.) Make sure that the guides in the tray are not too tight or too loose against the stack.
4. Turn over the stack of paper in the tray. Also, try rotating the stack 180°.
5. Make sure that the type and quality of the media that you are using meet HP specifications.
(See Media specifications on page 15.)
6. Make sure that the environmental specifications for the device are being met. (See Operating
environment on page 22.)
7. The registration assembly might be installed incorrectly or damaged. Make sure that the registration
assembly is installed correctly. If necessary, replace the registration assembly (see Registration
assembly on page 183).
NOTE If copies are skewed, but pages printed from the computer are not skewed, make sure
that the ADF input tray is installed correctly (see Figure 5-5 Reinstalling the ADF input tray
on page 83). ADF jams and skew can result from incorrect reinstallation.
Curl or wave
1. Turn over the stack of media in the tray. Also, try rotating the stack 180°.
2. Make sure that the type and quality of the media that you are using meet HP specifications.
(See Media specifications on page 15.)
3. Make sure that the environmental specifications for the device are being met. (See Operating
environment on page 22.)
256 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
4. Try printing to a different output bin.
5. If paper is lightweight and smooth, open the Print Quality menu at the device control panel. Open
the Fuser Modes submenu and then select the paper type that you are using. Change the setting
to Low, which helps reduce the heat in the fusing process. See the user guide.
Wrinkles or creases
1. Print a few more pages to see if the problem corrects itself.
2. Make sure that the environmental specifications for the device are being met. (See Operating
environment on page 22.)
3. Turn over the stack of media in the tray. Also, try rotating the stack 180°.
4. Make sure that media is loaded correctly and all adjustments have been made. (See the user
guide.)
5. Make sure that the type and quality of the media that you are using meet HP specifications.
(See Media specifications on page 15.)
6. If envelopes are creasing, try storing envelopes so that they lie flat.
Vertical white lines
1. Print a few more pages to see if the problem corrects itself.
2. Make sure that the type and quality of the media that you are using meet HP specifications.
(See Media specifications on page 15.)
3. Replace the print cartridge.
4. The fuser might be defective. Replace the fuser. (See Fuser on page 139.)
5. If the image defect persists, the mirror in the laser/scanner might be dirty. Replace the laser/scanner
(see Laser/scanner on page 142).
6. If the image defect persists, replace the ECU. (See Engine control unit (ECU) on page 131.)
7. If the image defect persists, replace the formatter. (See Formatter on page 116.)
ENWW Troubleshoot print-quality problems 257
Tire tracks
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
B
C
C
C
C
C
a
a
a
a
a
c
c
c
c
c
b
b
b
b
b
This defect typically occurs when the print cartridge has far exceeded its rated life. For example, if you
are printing a very large quantity of pages with very little toner coverage.
1. Perform a half self-test functional check. If the drum is damaged, replace the print cartridge.
2. Run a cleaning page. If the image defect persists, replace the fuser. (See Fuser on page 139.)
3. If the image defect persists, check the device for other sources of contamination or damage in the
paper path and clean or replace parts as necessary.
NOTE This type of image defect might also be a repetitive defect. See Image defect ruler
on page 238.
White spots on black
1. Print a few more pages to see if the problem corrects itself.
2. Make sure that the type and quality of the media that you are using meet HP specifications.
(See Media specifications on page 15.)
3. Make sure that the environmental specifications for the device are being met. (See Operating
environment on page 22.)
4. Replace the print cartridge.
258 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Scattered lines
1. Make sure that the type and quality of the media that you are using meet HP specifications.
(See Media specifications on page 15.)
2. Make sure that the environmental specifications for the device are being met. (See Operating
environment on page 22.)
3. Turn over the stack of media in the tray. Also, try rotating the stack 180°.
4. Open the Print Quality menu at the device control panel. Open the Toner Density submenu and
change the toner density setting. See the user guide.
5. Open the Print Quality menu at the device control panel. Open the Optimize submenu and set Line
Detail to On. See the user guide.
Blurred print
1. Make sure that the type and quality of the media that you are using meet HP specifications.
(See Media specifications on page 15.)
2. Make sure that the environmental specifications for the device are being met. (See Operating
environment on page 22.)
3. Turn over the stack of media in the tray. Also, try rotating the stack 180°.
4. Do not use paper that already has been run through the device.
5. Open the Print Quality menu at the device control panel. Open the Toner Density submenu and
decrease the toner density setting. See the user guide.
6. Open the Print Quality menu at the device control panel. Open the Optimize submenu and set High
Transfer to Increased. See the user guide.
ENWW Troubleshoot print-quality problems 259
Random image repetition
If an image that appears at the top of the page (in solid black) repeats farther down the page (in a gray
field), the toner might not have been completely erased from the last job. (The repeated image might
be lighter or darker than the field it appears in.)
●Change the tone (darkness) of the field that the repeated image appears in.
●Change the order in which the images are printed. For example, have the lighter image at the top
of the page, and the darker image farther down the page.
●From the software application, rotate the whole page 180° to print the lighter image first.
●If the defect occurs later in a print job, turn the device off for 10 minutes, and then turn the device
on to restart the print job.
260 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Diagrams
Device component locations
Main assemblies
12
3
4
5
Figure 6-4 Main assemblies, HP LaserJet M3027/M3035
1Fuser
2Engine controller assembly (ECU)
3Drive assembly
4Pick-up assembly
5Tray 2
ENWW Diagrams 261
Main parts
Figure 6-5 Main parts, HP LaserJet M3027/M3035
1Fuser film
2Pressure roller
3Transfer charging roller
4Tray 1 pick-up roller
5Tray 1 separation pad
6Tray 2 pick-up roller
7Tray 2 Memory tag contact
8Memory tag contact
262 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Sensors and switches
1
32
456
10 9 8 7
Figure 6-6 Sensors and switches
1Delivery sensor (SR2)
2Output-bin-full sensor (PS4)
3Face-up cover sensor (PS1)
4Power switch (SW101) on ECU PCA
5Door switch (SW501)
6Engine-test-print button (SW401) on test print switch PCA
7Tray 1 media-present sensor (PS902) on tray 1 sensor PCA
8Media-width sensor (PS903) on page-width sensor PCA
9Top-of-page sensor (PS901) on top-of-page sensor PCA
10 Duplex sensor (PS502) on high-voltage power supply PCA
ENWW Diagrams 263
Motors, fans, and solenoids
Figure 6-7 Motors, fans, and solenoids, HP LaserJet M3027/M3035
1Fuser motor (M2)
2Main motor (M1)
3Tray 1 pickup solenoid (SL1)
4Main fan (right-side fan; FM1)
5Tray 2 pickup solenoid (SL2)
6Sub fan (left-side fan; FM2)
264 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
PCAs
1
2
3
45
Figure 6-8 PCAs
1ECU
2Tray 1 sensor PCA (PS902)
3Paper-width sensor PCA (PS903)
4Top-of-page sensor PCA (PS901)
5High-voltage PCA
ENWW Diagrams 265
Wiring diagrams
The following figures show wiring and circuitry layout of the HP LaserJet M3027/M3035.
Rear output
bin sensor
Bin–full
sensor
Fuser motor Laser/scanner unit
Laser driver PCA
Tray 3 feeder PCA
Tray 3
pickup
solenoid
Tray 3
Fuser
Tray 3
paper sensor
Figure 6-9 Circuit diagram (1 of 2)
266 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Tray 1
sensor PCA
Tray 2
sensor
ECU
Tray 1 pickup
solenoid
Tray 2 pickup
solenoid
A
Top-of-page sensor PCA Width sensor PCA
Test print switch PCA
Figure 6-10 Circuit diagram (2 of 2)
ENWW Diagrams 267
123
4
5
21
22
6
7
9
8
10
11
12 13
14 15
16
17
20
19
18
Figure 6-11 ECU connections
1J404 – HVPS 12 J512 – Left-side fan (FM2)
2Dc voltage to formatter 13 J510 – Memory tag
3Dc power to ADF/scanner assembly 14 J402 – Laser/scanner motor
4SW101 – Power switch 15 J405 – Thermistor delivery sensor
5Dc power to stapler power-supply 16 J508 – Tray 1 solenoid (SL1)
6Power cable connector 17 J509 – Right-side fan (FM1)
7Dc power to fuser 18 J503 – Tray 1 media-present sensor (PS902)
8To fuser motor (wired to ECU) 19 J502 – Tray 2 media-present sensor (PS3)
9J403 – Laser/scanner (wired to ECU) 20 J504 – Tray 2 solenoid (SL2)
10 J407 – Main motor 21 J511 (not used)
11 J408 – Cartridge-door switch (wired to ECU) 22 J406 – To optional tray 3
268 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
7 Parts and diagrams
Chapter contents
●Ordering parts and supplies
●Consumables and accessories
●ADF/scanner assembly
●Covers
●Internal components
●Tray 2 pickup assembly
●Alphabetical parts list
●Numerical parts list
ENWW Chapter contents 269
Ordering parts and supplies
Parts
Order replacement parts from the following Web sites:
h30074.www3.hp.com/csn-aux/srvcdlvry/epdo/default/ePDOLogin.asp (technicians)
h20141.www2.hp.com/hpparts (customers)
Related documentation and software
Order documentation and software from the companies listed in the following table; some documentation
and software is available at the following Web sites.
Table 7-1 Technical support Web sites
HP Customer Care Online
Software drivers, support documentation, and answers to
frequently asked questions
www.hp.com/support
HP Technical Training
(North America)
Classes and schedules
education.itrc.hp.com/TrainerII/en-US/index.jsp
Supplies
Device supplies are listed in this chapter. Consumables are available directly from HP at the following
numbers.
●US: 800-538-8787
●Canada: 800-387-3154 (in Toronto: 416-671-8383)
●United Kingdom: 0734-441212
●Germany: 0130-3322
Contact your local HP Parts Coordinator for other local phone numbers.
270 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Consumables and accessories
The following accessories and supplies are available for the HP LaserJet M3027/M3035.
Consumables and accessories
Product name Description Product number Part number
Paper-handling accessories
Optional 500-sheet tray and
feeder unit
Optional tray to increase
paper capacity holds Letter,
A4, Legal, A5, B5 (JIS),
Executive, and 8.5 x 13 inch
paper sizes
Q5963A Q5963A
Print cartridges
HP LaserJet print cartridge 6,500-page cartridge Q7551A Q7551A
HP LaserJet print cartridge 13,000-page cartridge Q7551X Q7551X
Memory
32 MB, 100-pin DDR memory
DIMM
Boosts the ability of the device
to handle large or complex
print jobs
Q3982A Q3982A
48 MB, 100-pin DDR memory
DIMM
Boosts the ability of the device
to handle large or complex
print jobs
Q6007A Q6007A
64 MB, 100-pin DDR memory
DIMM
Boosts the ability of the device
to handle large or complex
print jobs
Q2625A Q2625A
128 MB, 100-pin DDR
memory DIMM
Boosts the ability of the device
to handle large or complex
print jobs
Q2626A Q2626A
256 MB, 100-pin DDR
memory DIMM
Boosts the ability of the device
to handle large or complex
print jobs
Q2627A Q2627A
Cables and interfaces
Enhanced I/O (EIO) cards.
HP Jetdirect print server
multiprotocol EIO network
cards.
HP Jetdirect 620n Fast
Ethernet (10/100Base-TX)
print server
J7934A J7934A
Enhanced I/O (EIO) cards.
HP Jetdirect print server
multiprotocol EIO network
cards.
HP Jetdirect 680n 802.11b
wireless internal print server
J6058A J6058A
Enhanced I/O (EIO) cards.
HP Jetdirect print server
multiprotocol EIO network
cards.
HP Jetdirect Connectivity
card for USB, serial, and
LocalTalk connections
J4135A J4135A
USB cable 2-meter A to B cable C6518A C6518A
ENWW Consumables and accessories 271
ADF/scanner assembly
1
24
3
5
6
Figure 7-1 ADF/scanner assembly
272 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Table 7-2 ADF/scanner assembly
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Control panel CB414-60101 1
2 Cover, ADF CB414-67902 1
3 ADF feed roller kit CB414–67904 1
4 Input tray, ADF CB414-67903 1
5 ADF assembly CB414-67916 1
6 Scanner assembly (ADF assembly is not included) CB414-67905 1
ENWW ADF/scanner assembly 273
Covers
Figure 7-2 Covers
274 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Table 7-3 Covers
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Cover, right-side (DIMM cover) RC2-0722-000CN 1
2 Cover, right lower RC2-0603-000CN 1
3 Cover, right front RL1-1723-000CN 1
4 Cover, fax RC2-0726-000CN 1
5 Cover, I/O RC2-0612-000CN 1
6 Top cover assembly RM1-3772-000CN 1
7 Cover, left RM1-3773-000CN 1
8 Tray 1 cover assembly RM1-3723-000CN 1
9 Rear cover assembly RM1-3724-000CN 1
10 Cartridge door assembly RM1-3722-000CN 1
11 Hinge, left RC1-4057-000CN 1
12 Hinge, right RC1-4058-000CN 1
14 Spring, tension RU5-2388-000CN 2
15 Tray 1 assembly RM1-1490-000CN 1
16 Flag assembly, full detect RM1-3742-000CN 1
17 Flag assembly, face-down RM1-3743-000CN 1
18 Cover, stapler RM1-3790-000CN 1
19 Cover, fax internal (fax rail) RC2-0729-000CN 1
20 Paper clip tray RC2-0724-000CN 1
21 Stapler door (for devices with staplers) CB414-40064 1
21 Cover (replaces the stapler door for devices without staplers) RC2-0727-000CN 1
A14 Cover, legal RL1-1366-000CN 1
ENWW Covers 275
Internal components
Figure 7-3 Internal components (1 of 6)
276 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Table 7-4 Internal components (1 of 6)
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Arm, door RC1-4055-000CN 1
2 Guide, door arm RC1-4056-000CN 1
3 Duct, scanner RC1-4128-020CN 1
4 Clip clamp, wire WT2-5694-000CN 1
5 Spring, tension RU5-2407-000CN 1
6 Laser/scanner assembly RM1-1521-030CN 1
7 Link, laser shutter RC1-4125-000CN 1
8 Stay, tag holder RC1-4126-000CN 1
9 Holder, tag RC1-4127-000CN 1
10 Spring, compression RU5-2404-000CN 1
11 Spring, compression RU5-2405-000CN 1
12 Clip, cable WT2-5812-000CN 1
13 Screw, D, M3x8 XA9-1671-000CN 13
14 Clip, cable WT2-5056-000CN 1
15 Cable, memory tag RM1-4054-000CN 1
16 Holder, sub fan RC2-0622-000CN 1
17 Plate, fan shield, left RC2-0623-000CN 1
18 Fan, left-side RK2-1499-000CN 1
19 Foot, rubber RA0-1003-000CN 3
20 Holder RC1-4009-000CN 1
21 Lever, grounding contact RC1-4065-000CN 1
22 Lever, grounding contact RC1-4066-020CN 1
23 Spring, leaf RC1-4067-000CN 1
24 Plate, protective RC1-4136-000CN 1
25 Cam, contact RC1-4137-020CN 1
26 Spring, compression RC1-4140-000CN 1
27 Guide, cassette, left front RC2-0565-000CN 1
28 Guide, cassette, left rear RC2-0566-000CN 1
29 Guide, center plate, left RC2-0567-000CN 1
30 Stopper, feed guide, left RC2-0585-000CN 1
31 Guide, cartridge, left upper RC2-0703-000CN 1
32 Guide, cartridge, left lower RC2-0704-000CN 1
33 Lever, drive release RC2-0705-000CN 1
34 Lever, cartridge clamp RC2-0706-000CN 1
ENWW Internal components 277
Ref Description Part number Qty
35 Stopper, cartridge, left RC2-0707-000CN 1
36 Spring, tension RU5-2403-000CN 1
37 Spring, torsion RU5-2410-020CN 1
38 Connector, snap-tight, black VS1-7177-003CN 1
39 Tray, staple RC2-0725-000CN 1
40 Plate, I/O RC2-0736-000CN 1
41 Cable assembly RM1-4053-000CN 1
(not
shown)
Stapler CB414-60147 1
(not
shown)
Power-supply, stapler Q7429-69501 1
(not
shown)
Formatter Q7819-60001 1
278 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
ENWW Internal components 279
Figure 7-4 Internal components (2 of 6)
280 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Table 7-5 Internal components (2 of 6)
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Lever, coupling RC1-4115-000CN 1
2 Cam RC1-4114-000CN 1
3 Lever, drive release RC1-4116-000CN 1
4 Link, drive release RC1-4117-000CN 1
5 Film, fuser drive side plate RC2-0649-000CN 1
6 Duct, cartridge RC2-0590-000CN 1
7 Pendulum assembly RM1-3748-000CN 1
8 Drive release assembly RM1-1522-000CN 1
9 Guide, air RC2-0648-000CN 1
10 Stopper, fuser RC2-0657-000CN
11 Bushing, inner RC2-0701-000CN 1
12 Gear, 65T RU5-0962-000CN 1
13 Motor, stepping RK2-1489-000CN 1
14 Fixing drive side plate assembly RM1-3746-000CN 1
15 Gear, 201t RU5-0950-000CN 1
16 Gear, 20T/20T RU5-0956-000CN 1
17 Gear, 20T RU5-0957-000CN 1
18 Gear, 17T/17T RU5-0958-000CN 1
19 Gear, 19T RU5-0959-000CN 1
20 Spring, compression RU5-2401-000CN 1
21 Gear, 12T RU5-0394-000CN 1
22 Spring, compression RU5-2920-000CN 1
23 E-ring XD2-1100-402CN 2
24 Screw, D, M3x8 XA9-1671-000CN 1
24 Screw, RS, M3x8 XA9-1500-000CN 7
25 Cover, main motor RC1-4108-000CN 1
26 Cover, gear RC2-0579-000CN 1
27 Washer RC2-0652-000CN 1
28 Motor, dc, 26.2 W RK2-1488-000CN 1
29 Gear, 16T RU5-0951-000CN 1
30 Gear, 43T RU5-0955-000CN 1
31 Gear, 31T RU5-0960-000CN 1
ENWW Internal components 281
Figure 7-5 Internal components (3 of 6)
282 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Table 7-6 Internal components (3 of 6)
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Bushing, transfer, right RC1-0922-000CN 1
2 Transfer roller assembly RM1-1508-000CN 1
3 Pad, separation RC1-0939-000CN 1
4 Guide, feed RC1-3935-000CN 1
5 Cover, registration RC1-3936-020CN 1
6 Arm, pad RC1-3937-000CN 1
7 Gear, 12T RU5-0400-000CN 1
8 Eliminator, static charge RC1-4025-000CN 1
9 Lever, sensor RC1-4027-000CN 1
10 Spring, torsion RC1-4028-000CN 1
11 Spring, torsion RC1-4059-000CN 1
12 Lever RC1-4060-000CN 1
13 Spring, torsion RC1-4061-000CN 1
14 Roller, tray 1 pick-up RL1-0568-000CN 1
15 Screw, D, M3x8 XA9-1671-000CN 1
16 Sheet, static charge RC1-4069-000CN 2
17 Sheet, static charge RC1-4070-000CN 1
18 Spring, compression RU5-2408-000CN 1
19 Registration assembly RM1-3715-000CN 1
20 Tray 1 pickup roller assembly RM1-3716-000CN 1
21 Transfer guide assembly, lower RM1-3757-000CN 1
22 Stopper, gear RC1-4189-000CN 1
23 Spring, compression RU5-2385-000CN 1
24 Arm, width-sensor RC2-0575-000CN 1
25 Spring, torsion RC2-0576-000CN 1
26 Cable, delivery sensor RM1-4057-000CN 1
27 Gear, 17T RA0-1172-000CN 1
28 Spring compression RC2-0483-000CN 1
29 Gear, 14T RU5-0409-000CN 1
30 Gear, 30T RU5-0366-000CN 1
501 Screw, tapping, truss head, M4x10 XB4-7401-005CN 9
ENWW Internal components 283
Figure 7-6 Internal components (4 of 6)
284 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Table 7-7 Internal components (4 of 6)
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Guide, duplex inlet RC1-4096-000CN 1
2 Feed assembly, lower RM1-3759-000CN 1
3 Power supply RM1-3758-000CN 1
4 Feed guide assembly RM1-3760-000CN 1
5 Plate, grounding RC1-4085-000CN 1
6 Position guide assembly RM1-1506-000CN 1
7 Sensor PCA, top-of-page RM1-4040-000CN 1
8 Sensor PCA, width RM1-4042-000CN 1
501 Screw, tapping, truss head, M4x10 XB4-7401-005CN 6
502 Screw w/washer, M3x6 XB2-7300-605CN 1
ENWW Internal components 285
Figure 7-7 Internal components (5 of 6)
286 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Table 7-8 Internal components (5 of 6)
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Solenoid, tray 1 RK2-1490-000CN 1
2 Pick-up roller gear assembly RM1-3714-000CN 1
3 Roller stay assembly RM1-1485-000CN 1
4 Spring, torsion RU5-2386-000CN 1
5 Sensor PCA, multipurpose RM1-4041-000CN 1
6 Cover, face-up-sensor cable RC2-0739-000CN 1
7 Holder, cable RC2-0588-000CN 1
8 Holder, main fan RC2-0592-000CN 1
9 Static wire, right-side fan RC2-0593-000CN 1
10 Fan, right-side RK2-1497-000CN 1
11 Screw, D, M3x8 XA9-1671-000CN 15
12 Lever, sensor RC1-3939-000CN 1
13 Cable guide WT2-5694-000CN 2
14 Screw, tapping, M3x6 XA9-1503-000CN 15
15 Guide RC1-4083-000CN
16 Cable guide WT2-5678-000CN 1
17 Tray 2 pickup assembly (also see Tray 2 pickup assembly
on page 290)
RM1-3762-000CN 1
18 Fuser, 110-127 V RM1-3740-000CN 1
18 Fuser, 220-240 V RM1-3741-000CN 1
19 ECU, 110-127 V RM1-3774-000CN 1
19 ECU, 220-240 V RM1-3775-000CN 1
20 Gear assembly RM1-3712-000CN 1
501 Screw, tapping, truss head, M4x10 XB4-7401-005CN 10
502 Screw w/washer, M3x6 XB2-7300-605CN 1
ENWW Internal components 287
Figure 7-8 Internal components (6 of 6)
288 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Table 7-9 Internal components (6 of 6)
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Power switch RC2-0631-000CN 1
2 Holder, switch RC2-0632-000CN 1
3 Link, switch RC2-0633-000CN 1
4 Holder, switch link RC2-0634-000CN 1
5 Cable guide WT2-5678-000CN 4
6 Roller assembly, bottom plate RM1-3727-000CN 4
7 Holder, interlock RC2-0595-000CN 1
8 Microswitch RK2-0534-000CN 1
9 Cushion, right lower RC2-0468-000CN 1
10 Foot, rubber RA0-1003-000CN 2
11 Guide, cartridge, upper-right RC2-0492-000CN 1
12 Mount, solenoid RC2-0498-000CN 1
13 Guide, cassette, front-right RC2-0559-000CN 1
14 Guide, cassette, back-right RC2-0560-000CN 1
15 Guide, center plate, right RC2-0561-000CN 1
16 Holder, option connector RC1-0562-000CN 1
17 Guide, cartridge, lower-right RC2-0700-000CN 1
18 Stopper, cartridge, right RC2-0702-000CN 1
19 Connector, drawer VS1-7257-007CN 1
20 Cable guide WT2-5056-000CN 1
21 Screw, D, M3x8 XA9-1671-000CN 14
22 Bushing RC1-3665-000CN 1
23 Roller, face-down RC1-3994-000CN 4
24 Spring, torsion RC2-0665-000CN 4
25 Plate, face-up shield RC2-0697-000CN 1
26 Connector, snap-tight, black VS1-7177-004CN 1
27 Photo-interrupter WG8-5624-000CN 2
28 Roller assembly, face-down RM1-3749-000CN 1
29 Solenoid RK2-1492-000CN 1
30 Cable, option interface RM1-4062-000CN 1
31 Roller assembly, delivery RM1-1497-000CN 4
501 Screw, tapping, truss head, M4x10 XB4-7401-005CN 2
ENWW Internal components 289
Tray 2 pickup assembly
Figure 7-9 Tray 2 pickup assembly
290 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Table 7-10 Tray 2 pickup assembly
Ref Description Part number Qty
Tray 2 pickup assembly RM1-3762-000CN 1
1 Pickup roller assembly, tray 2 RM1-3763-000CN 1
2 Sensor flag assembly, tray 2 RM1-3769-000CN 1
3 Cable, sensor, tray 2 RM1-4060-000CN 1
4 Pickup roller, tray 2 RL1-1370-000CN 1
5 Photo-interrupter, tray 2 WG8-5624-000CN 1
ENWW Tray 2 pickup assembly 291
Alphabetical parts list
Table 7-11 Alphabetical parts list
Description Part number Table and page
ADF assembly CB414-67916 ADF/scanner assembly
on page 273
ADF feed roller kit CB414–67904 ADF/scanner assembly
on page 273
Arm, door RC1-4055-000CN Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
Arm, pad RC1-3937-000CN Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
Arm, width-sensor RC2-0575-000CN Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
Bushing RC1-3665-000CN Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
Bushing, inner RC2-0701-000CN Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
Bushing, transfer, right RC1-0922-000CN Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
Cable assembly RM1-4053-000CN Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
Cable guide WT2-5694-000CN Internal components (5 of 6)
on page 287
Cable guide WT2-5678-000CN Internal components (5 of 6)
on page 287
Cable guide WT2-5678-000CN Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
Cable guide WT2-5056-000CN Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
Cable, delivery sensor RM1-4057-000CN Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
Cable, memory tag RM1-4054-000CN Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
Cable, option interface RM1-4062-000CN Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
Cable, sensor, tray 2 RM1-4060-000CN Tray 2 pickup assembly
on page 291
Cam RC1-4114-000CN Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
Cam, contact RC1-4137-020CN Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
Cartridge door assembly RM1-3722-000CN Covers on page 275
Clip clamp, wire WT2-5694-000CN Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
292 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Description Part number Table and page
Clip, cable WT2-5812-000CN Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
Clip, cable WT2-5056-000CN Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
Connector, drawer VS1-7257-007CN Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
Connector, snap-tight, black VS1-7177-003CN Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
Connector, snap-tight, black VS1-7177-004CN Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
Control panel CB414-60101 ADF/scanner assembly
on page 273
Cover (replaces the stapler door for devices without staplers) RC2-0727-000CN Covers on page 275
Cover, ADF CB414-67902 ADF/scanner assembly
on page 273
Cover, face-up-sensor cable RC2-0739-000CN Internal components (5 of 6)
on page 287
Cover, fax RC2-0726-000CN Covers on page 275
Cover, fax internal (fax rail) RC2-0729-000CN Covers on page 275
Cover, gear RC2-0579-000CN Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
Cover, I/O RC2-0612-000CN Covers on page 275
Cover, left RM1-3773-000CN Covers on page 275
Cover, legal RL1-1366-000CN Covers on page 275
Cover, main motor RC1-4108-000CN Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
Cover, registration RC1-3936-020CN Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
Cover, right front RL1-1723-000CN Covers on page 275
Cover, right lower RC2-0603-000CN Covers on page 275
Cover, right-side (DIMM cover) RC2-0722-000CN Covers on page 275
Cover, stapler RM1-3790-000CN Covers on page 275
Cushion, right lower RC2-0468-000CN Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
Drive release assembly RM1-1522-000CN Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
Duct, cartridge RC2-0590-000CN Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
Duct, scanner RC1-4128-020CN Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
Table 7-11 Alphabetical parts list (continued)
ENWW Alphabetical parts list 293
Description Part number Table and page
E-ring XD2-1100-402CN Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
ECU, 110-127 V RM1-3774-000CN Internal components (5 of 6)
on page 287
ECU, 220-240 V RM1-3775-000CN Internal components (5 of 6)
on page 287
Eliminator, static charge RC1-4025-000CN Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
Fan, left-side RK2-1499-000CN Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
Fan, right-side RK2-1497-000CN Internal components (5 of 6)
on page 287
Feed assembly, lower RM1-3759-000CN Internal components (4 of 6)
on page 285
Feed guide assembly RM1-3760-000CN Internal components (4 of 6)
on page 285
Film, fuser drive side plate RC2-0649-000CN Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
Fixing drive side plate assembly RM1-3746-000CN Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
Flag assembly, face-down RM1-3743-000CN Covers on page 275
Flag assembly, full detect RM1-3742-000CN Covers on page 275
Foot, rubber RA0-1003-000CN Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
Foot, rubber RA0-1003-000CN Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
Formatter Q7819-60001 Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
Fuser, 110-127 V RM1-3740-000CN Internal components (5 of 6)
on page 287
Fuser, 220-240 V RM1-3741-000CN Internal components (5 of 6)
on page 287
Gear assembly RM1-3712-000CN Internal components (5 of 6)
on page 287
Gear, 12T RU5-0394-000CN Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
Gear, 12T RU5-0400-000CN Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
Gear, 14T RU5-0409-000CN Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
Gear, 16T RU5-0951-000CN Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
Gear, 17T RA0-1172-000CN Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
Table 7-11 Alphabetical parts list (continued)
294 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Description Part number Table and page
Gear, 17T/17T RU5-0958-000CN Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
Gear, 19T RU5-0959-000CN Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
Gear, 201t RU5-0950-000CN Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
Gear, 20T RU5-0957-000CN Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
Gear, 20T/20T RU5-0956-000CN Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
Gear, 30T RU5-0366-000CN Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
Gear, 31T RU5-0960-000CN Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
Gear, 43T RU5-0955-000CN Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
Gear, 65T RU5-0962-000CN Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
Guide RC1-4083-000CN Internal components (5 of 6)
on page 287
Guide, air RC2-0648-000CN Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
Guide, cartridge, left lower RC2-0704-000CN Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
Guide, cartridge, left upper RC2-0703-000CN Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
Guide, cartridge, lower-right RC2-0700-000CN Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
Guide, cartridge, upper-right RC2-0492-000CN Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
Guide, cassette, back-right RC2-0560-000CN Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
Guide, cassette, front-right RC2-0559-000CN Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
Guide, cassette, left front RC2-0565-000CN Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
Guide, cassette, left rear RC2-0566-000CN Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
Guide, center plate, left RC2-0567-000CN Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
Guide, center plate, right RC2-0561-000CN Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
Guide, door arm RC1-4056-000CN Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
Table 7-11 Alphabetical parts list (continued)
ENWW Alphabetical parts list 295
Description Part number Table and page
Guide, duplex inlet RC1-4096-000CN Internal components (4 of 6)
on page 285
Guide, feed RC1-3935-000CN Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
Hinge, left RC1-4057-000CN Covers on page 275
Hinge, right RC1-4058-000CN Covers on page 275
Holder RC1-4009-000CN Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
Holder, cable RC2-0588-000CN Internal components (5 of 6)
on page 287
Holder, interlock RC2-0595-000CN Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
Holder, main fan RC2-0592-000CN Internal components (5 of 6)
on page 287
Holder, option connector RC1-0562-000CN Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
Holder, sub fan RC2-0622-000CN Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
Holder, switch RC2-0632-000CN Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
Holder, switch link RC2-0634-000CN Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
Holder, tag RC1-4127-000CN Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
Input tray, ADF CB414-67903 ADF/scanner assembly
on page 273
Laser/scanner assembly RM1-1521-030CN Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
Lever RC1-4060-000CN Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
Lever, cartridge clamp RC2-0706-000CN Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
Lever, coupling RC1-4115-000CN Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
Lever, drive release RC2-0705-000CN Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
Lever, drive release RC1-4116-000CN Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
Lever, grounding contact RC1-4065-000CN Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
Lever, grounding contact RC1-4066-020CN Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
Lever, sensor RC1-4027-000CN Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
Table 7-11 Alphabetical parts list (continued)
296 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Description Part number Table and page
Lever, sensor RC1-3939-000CN Internal components (5 of 6)
on page 287
Link, drive release RC1-4117-000CN Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
Link, laser shutter RC1-4125-000CN Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
Link, switch RC2-0633-000CN Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
Microswitch RK2-0534-000CN Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
Motor, dc, 26.2 W RK2-1488-000CN Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
Motor, stepping RK2-1489-000CN Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
Mount, solenoid RC2-0498-000CN Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
Pad, separation RC1-0939-000CN Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
Paper clip tray RC2-0724-000CN Covers on page 275
Pendulum assembly RM1-3748-000CN Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
Photo-interrupter WG8-5624-000CN Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
Photo-interrupter, tray 2 WG8-5624-000CN Tray 2 pickup assembly
on page 291
Pick-up roller gear assembly RM1-3714-000CN Internal components (5 of 6)
on page 287
Pickup roller assembly, tray 2 RM1-3763-000CN Tray 2 pickup assembly
on page 291
Pickup roller, tray 2 RL1-1370-000CN Tray 2 pickup assembly
on page 291
Plate, face-up shield RC2-0697-000CN Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
Plate, fan shield, left RC2-0623-000CN Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
Plate, grounding RC1-4085-000CN Internal components (4 of 6)
on page 285
Plate, I/O RC2-0736-000CN Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
Plate, protective RC1-4136-000CN Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
Position guide assembly RM1-1506-000CN Internal components (4 of 6)
on page 285
Table 7-11 Alphabetical parts list (continued)
ENWW Alphabetical parts list 297
Description Part number Table and page
Power supply RM1-3758-000CN Internal components (4 of 6)
on page 285
Power switch RC2-0631-000CN Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
Power-supply, stapler Q7429-69501 Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
Rear cover assembly RM1-3724-000CN Covers on page 275
Registration assembly RM1-3715-000CN Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
Roller assembly, bottom plate RM1-3727-000CN Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
Roller assembly, delivery RM1-1497-000CN Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
Roller assembly, face-down RM1-3749-000CN Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
Roller stay assembly RM1-1485-000CN Internal components (5 of 6)
on page 287
Roller, face-down RC1-3994-000CN Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
Roller, tray 1 pick-up RL1-0568-000CN Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
Scanner assembly (ADF assembly is not included) CB414-67905 ADF/scanner assembly
on page 273
Screw w/washer, M3x6 XB2-7300-605CN Internal components (4 of 6)
on page 285
Screw w/washer, M3x6 XB2-7300-605CN Internal components (5 of 6)
on page 287
Screw, D, M3x8 XA9-1671-000CN Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
Screw, D, M3x8 XA9-1671-000CN Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
Screw, D, M3x8 XA9-1671-000CN Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
Screw, D, M3x8 XA9-1671-000CN Internal components (5 of 6)
on page 287
Screw, D, M3x8 XA9-1671-000CN Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
Screw, RS, M3x8 XA9-1500-000CN Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
Screw, tapping, M3x6 XA9-1503-000CN Internal components (5 of 6)
on page 287
Screw, tapping, truss head, M4x10 XB4-7401-005CN Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
Table 7-11 Alphabetical parts list (continued)
298 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Description Part number Table and page
Screw, tapping, truss head, M4x10 XB4-7401-005CN Internal components (4 of 6)
on page 285
Screw, tapping, truss head, M4x10 XB4-7401-005CN Internal components (5 of 6)
on page 287
Screw, tapping, truss head, M4x10 XB4-7401-005CN Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
Sensor flag assembly, tray 2 RM1-3769-000CN Tray 2 pickup assembly
on page 291
Sensor PCA, multipurpose RM1-4041-000CN Internal components (5 of 6)
on page 287
Sensor PCA, top-of-page RM1-4040-000CN Internal components (4 of 6)
on page 285
Sensor PCA, width RM1-4042-000CN Internal components (4 of 6)
on page 285
Sheet, static charge RC1-4069-000CN Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
Sheet, static charge RC1-4070-000CN Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
Solenoid RK2-1492-000CN Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
Solenoid, tray 1 RK2-1490-000CN Internal components (5 of 6)
on page 287
Spring compression RC2-0483-000CN Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
Spring, compression RU5-2404-000CN Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
Spring, compression RU5-2405-000CN Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
Spring, compression RC1-4140-000CN Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
Spring, compression RU5-2401-000CN Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
Spring, compression RU5-2920-000CN Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
Spring, compression RU5-2408-000CN Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
Spring, compression RU5-2385-000CN Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
Spring, leaf RC1-4067-000CN Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
Spring, tension RU5-2388-000CN Covers on page 275
Spring, tension RU5-2407-000CN Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
Table 7-11 Alphabetical parts list (continued)
ENWW Alphabetical parts list 299
Description Part number Table and page
Spring, tension RU5-2403-000CN Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
Spring, torsion RU5-2410-020CN Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
Spring, torsion RC1-4028-000CN Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
Spring, torsion RC1-4059-000CN Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
Spring, torsion RC1-4061-000CN Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
Spring, torsion RC2-0576-000CN Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
Spring, torsion RU5-2386-000CN Internal components (5 of 6)
on page 287
Spring, torsion RC2-0665-000CN Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
Stapler CB414-60147 Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
Stapler door (for devices with staplers) CB414-40064 Covers on page 275
Static wire, right-side fan RC2-0593-000CN Internal components (5 of 6)
on page 287
Stay, tag holder RC1-4126-000CN Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
Stopper, cartridge, left RC2-0707-000CN Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
Stopper, cartridge, right RC2-0702-000CN Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
Stopper, feed guide, left RC2-0585-000CN Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
Stopper, fuser RC2-0657-000CN Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
Stopper, gear RC1-4189-000CN Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
Top cover assembly RM1-3772-000CN Covers on page 275
Transfer guide assembly, lower RM1-3757-000CN Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
Transfer roller assembly RM1-1508-000CN Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
Tray, staple RC2-0725-000CN Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
Tray 1 assembly RM1-1490-000CN Covers on page 275
Tray 1 cover assembly RM1-3723-000CN Covers on page 275
Table 7-11 Alphabetical parts list (continued)
300 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Description Part number Table and page
Tray 1 pickup roller assembly RM1-3716-000CN Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
Tray 2 pickup assembly RM1-3762-000CN Tray 2 pickup assembly
on page 291
Tray 2 pickup assembly (also see Tray 2 pickup assembly
on page 290)
RM1-3762-000CN Internal components (5 of 6)
on page 287
Washer RC2-0652-000CN Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
Table 7-11 Alphabetical parts list (continued)
ENWW Alphabetical parts list 301
Numerical parts list
Table 7-12 Numerical parts list
Part number Description Table and page
CB414-40064 Stapler door (for devices with staplers) Covers on page 275
CB414-60101 Control panel ADF/scanner assembly
on page 273
CB414-60147 Stapler Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
CB414-67902 Cover, ADF ADF/scanner assembly
on page 273
CB414-67903 Input tray, ADF ADF/scanner assembly
on page 273
CB414-67905 Scanner assembly (ADF assembly is not included) ADF/scanner assembly
on page 273
CB414-67916 ADF assembly ADF/scanner assembly
on page 273
CB414–67904 ADF feed roller kit ADF/scanner assembly
on page 273
Q7429-69501 Power-supply, stapler Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
Q7819-60001 Formatter Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
RA0-1003-000CN Foot, rubber Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
RA0-1003-000CN Foot, rubber Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
RA0-1172-000CN Gear, 17T Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
RC1-0562-000CN Holder, option connector Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
RC1-0922-000CN Bushing, transfer, right Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
RC1-0939-000CN Pad, separation Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
RC1-3665-000CN Bushing Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
RC1-3935-000CN Guide, feed Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
RC1-3936-020CN Cover, registration Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
RC1-3937-000CN Arm, pad Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
RC1-3939-000CN Lever, sensor Internal components (5 of 6)
on page 287
302 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Part number Description Table and page
RC1-3994-000CN Roller, face-down Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
RC1-4009-000CN Holder Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
RC1-4025-000CN Eliminator, static charge Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
RC1-4027-000CN Lever, sensor Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
RC1-4028-000CN Spring, torsion Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
RC1-4055-000CN Arm, door Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
RC1-4056-000CN Guide, door arm Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
RC1-4057-000CN Hinge, left Covers on page 275
RC1-4058-000CN Hinge, right Covers on page 275
RC1-4059-000CN Spring, torsion Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
RC1-4060-000CN Lever Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
RC1-4061-000CN Spring, torsion Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
RC1-4065-000CN Lever, grounding contact Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
RC1-4066-020CN Lever, grounding contact Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
RC1-4067-000CN Spring, leaf Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
RC1-4069-000CN Sheet, static charge Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
RC1-4070-000CN Sheet, static charge Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
RC1-4083-000CN Guide Internal components (5 of 6)
on page 287
RC1-4085-000CN Plate, grounding Internal components (4 of 6)
on page 285
RC1-4096-000CN Guide, duplex inlet Internal components (4 of 6)
on page 285
RC1-4108-000CN Cover, main motor Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
RC1-4114-000CN Cam Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
RC1-4115-000CN Lever, coupling Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
Table 7-12 Numerical parts list (continued)
ENWW Numerical parts list 303
Part number Description Table and page
RC1-4116-000CN Lever, drive release Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
RC1-4117-000CN Link, drive release Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
RC1-4125-000CN Link, laser shutter Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
RC1-4126-000CN Stay, tag holder Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
RC1-4127-000CN Holder, tag Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
RC1-4128-020CN Duct, scanner Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
RC1-4136-000CN Plate, protective Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
RC1-4137-020CN Cam, contact Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
RC1-4140-000CN Spring, compression Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
RC1-4189-000CN Stopper, gear Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
RC2-0468-000CN Cushion, right lower Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
RC2-0483-000CN Spring compression Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
RC2-0492-000CN Guide, cartridge, upper-right Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
RC2-0498-000CN Mount, solenoid Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
RC2-0559-000CN Guide, cassette, front-right Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
RC2-0560-000CN Guide, cassette, back-right Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
RC2-0561-000CN Guide, center plate, right Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
RC2-0565-000CN Guide, cassette, left front Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
RC2-0566-000CN Guide, cassette, left rear Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
RC2-0567-000CN Guide, center plate, left Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
RC2-0575-000CN Arm, width-sensor Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
RC2-0576-000CN Spring, torsion Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
Table 7-12 Numerical parts list (continued)
304 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Part number Description Table and page
RC2-0579-000CN Cover, gear Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
RC2-0585-000CN Stopper, feed guide, left Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
RC2-0588-000CN Holder, cable Internal components (5 of 6)
on page 287
RC2-0590-000CN Duct, cartridge Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
RC2-0592-000CN Holder, main fan Internal components (5 of 6)
on page 287
RC2-0593-000CN Static wire, right-side fan Internal components (5 of 6)
on page 287
RC2-0595-000CN Holder, interlock Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
RC2-0603-000CN Cover, right lower Covers on page 275
RC2-0612-000CN Cover, I/O Covers on page 275
RC2-0622-000CN Holder, sub fan Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
RC2-0623-000CN Plate, fan shield, left Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
RC2-0631-000CN Power switch Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
RC2-0632-000CN Holder, switch Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
RC2-0633-000CN Link, switch Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
RC2-0634-000CN Holder, switch link Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
RC2-0648-000CN Guide, air Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
RC2-0649-000CN Film, fuser drive side plate Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
RC2-0652-000CN Washer Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
RC2-0657-000CN Stopper, fuser Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
RC2-0665-000CN Spring, torsion Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
RC2-0697-000CN Plate, face-up shield Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
RC2-0700-000CN Guide, cartridge, lower-right Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
RC2-0701-000CN Bushing, inner Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
Table 7-12 Numerical parts list (continued)
ENWW Numerical parts list 305
Part number Description Table and page
RC2-0702-000CN Stopper, cartridge, right Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
RC2-0703-000CN Guide, cartridge, left upper Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
RC2-0704-000CN Guide, cartridge, left lower Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
RC2-0705-000CN Lever, drive release Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
RC2-0706-000CN Lever, cartridge clamp Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
RC2-0707-000CN Stopper, cartridge, left Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
RC2-0722-000CN Cover, right-side (DIMM cover) Covers on page 275
RC2-0724-000CN Paper clip tray Covers on page 275
RC2-0725-000CN Tray, staple Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
RC2-0726-000CN Cover, fax Covers on page 275
RC2-0727-000CN Cover (replaces the stapler door for devices without staplers) Covers on page 275
RC2-0729-000CN Cover, fax internal (fax rail) Covers on page 275
RC2-0736-000CN Plate, I/O Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
RC2-0739-000CN Cover, face-up-sensor cable Internal components (5 of 6)
on page 287
RK2-0534-000CN Microswitch Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
RK2-1488-000CN Motor, dc, 26.2 W Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
RK2-1489-000CN Motor, stepping Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
RK2-1490-000CN Solenoid, tray 1 Internal components (5 of 6)
on page 287
RK2-1492-000CN Solenoid Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
RK2-1497-000CN Fan, right-side Internal components (5 of 6)
on page 287
RK2-1499-000CN Fan, left-side Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
RL1-0568-000CN Roller, tray 1 pick-up Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
RL1-1366-000CN Cover, legal Covers on page 275
RL1-1370-000CN Pickup roller, tray 2 Tray 2 pickup assembly
on page 291
Table 7-12 Numerical parts list (continued)
306 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Part number Description Table and page
RL1-1723-000CN Cover, right front Covers on page 275
RM1-1485-000CN Roller stay assembly Internal components (5 of 6)
on page 287
RM1-1490-000CN Tray 1 assembly Covers on page 275
RM1-1497-000CN Roller assembly, delivery Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
RM1-1506-000CN Position guide assembly Internal components (4 of 6)
on page 285
RM1-1508-000CN Transfer roller assembly Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
RM1-1521-030CN Laser/scanner assembly Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
RM1-1522-000CN Drive release assembly Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
RM1-3712-000CN Gear assembly Internal components (5 of 6)
on page 287
RM1-3714-000CN Pick-up roller gear assembly Internal components (5 of 6)
on page 287
RM1-3715-000CN Registration assembly Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
RM1-3716-000CN Tray 1 pickup roller assembly Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
RM1-3722-000CN Cartridge door assembly Covers on page 275
RM1-3723-000CN Tray 1 cover assembly Covers on page 275
RM1-3724-000CN Rear cover assembly Covers on page 275
RM1-3727-000CN Roller assembly, bottom plate Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
RM1-3740-000CN Fuser, 110-127 V Internal components (5 of 6)
on page 287
RM1-3741-000CN Fuser, 220-240 V Internal components (5 of 6)
on page 287
RM1-3742-000CN Flag assembly, full detect Covers on page 275
RM1-3743-000CN Flag assembly, face-down Covers on page 275
RM1-3746-000CN Fixing drive side plate assembly Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
RM1-3748-000CN Pendulum assembly Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
RM1-3749-000CN Roller assembly, face-down Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
RM1-3757-000CN Transfer guide assembly, lower Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
Table 7-12 Numerical parts list (continued)
ENWW Numerical parts list 307
Part number Description Table and page
RM1-3758-000CN Power supply Internal components (4 of 6)
on page 285
RM1-3759-000CN Feed assembly, lower Internal components (4 of 6)
on page 285
RM1-3760-000CN Feed guide assembly Internal components (4 of 6)
on page 285
RM1-3762-000CN Tray 2 pickup assembly (also see Tray 2 pickup assembly
on page 290)
Internal components (5 of 6)
on page 287
RM1-3762-000CN Tray 2 pickup assembly Tray 2 pickup assembly
on page 291
RM1-3763-000CN Pickup roller assembly, tray 2 Tray 2 pickup assembly
on page 291
RM1-3769-000CN Sensor flag assembly, tray 2 Tray 2 pickup assembly
on page 291
RM1-3772-000CN Top cover assembly Covers on page 275
RM1-3773-000CN Cover, left Covers on page 275
RM1-3774-000CN ECU, 110-127 V Internal components (5 of 6)
on page 287
RM1-3775-000CN ECU, 220-240 V Internal components (5 of 6)
on page 287
RM1-3790-000CN Cover, stapler Covers on page 275
RM1-4040-000CN Sensor PCA, top-of-page Internal components (4 of 6)
on page 285
RM1-4041-000CN Sensor PCA, multipurpose Internal components (5 of 6)
on page 287
RM1-4042-000CN Sensor PCA, width Internal components (4 of 6)
on page 285
RM1-4053-000CN Cable assembly Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
RM1-4054-000CN Cable, memory tag Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
RM1-4057-000CN Cable, delivery sensor Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
RM1-4060-000CN Cable, sensor, tray 2 Tray 2 pickup assembly
on page 291
RM1-4062-000CN Cable, option interface Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
RU5-0366-000CN Gear, 30T Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
RU5-0394-000CN Gear, 12T Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
RU5-0400-000CN Gear, 12T Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
Table 7-12 Numerical parts list (continued)
308 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Part number Description Table and page
RU5-0409-000CN Gear, 14T Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
RU5-0950-000CN Gear, 201t Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
RU5-0951-000CN Gear, 16T Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
RU5-0955-000CN Gear, 43T Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
RU5-0956-000CN Gear, 20T/20T Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
RU5-0957-000CN Gear, 20T Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
RU5-0958-000CN Gear, 17T/17T Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
RU5-0959-000CN Gear, 19T Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
RU5-0960-000CN Gear, 31T Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
RU5-0962-000CN Gear, 65T Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
RU5-2385-000CN Spring, compression Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
RU5-2386-000CN Spring, torsion Internal components (5 of 6)
on page 287
RU5-2388-000CN Spring, tension Covers on page 275
RU5-2401-000CN Spring, compression Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
RU5-2403-000CN Spring, tension Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
RU5-2404-000CN Spring, compression Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
RU5-2405-000CN Spring, compression Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
RU5-2407-000CN Spring, tension Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
RU5-2408-000CN Spring, compression Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
RU5-2410-020CN Spring, torsion Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
RU5-2920-000CN Spring, compression Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
VS1-7177-003CN Connector, snap-tight, black Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
Table 7-12 Numerical parts list (continued)
ENWW Numerical parts list 309
Part number Description Table and page
VS1-7177-004CN Connector, snap-tight, black Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
VS1-7257-007CN Connector, drawer Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
WG8-5624-000CN Photo-interrupter Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
WG8-5624-000CN Photo-interrupter, tray 2 Tray 2 pickup assembly
on page 291
WT2-5056-000CN Clip, cable Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
WT2-5056-000CN Cable guide Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
WT2-5678-000CN Cable guide Internal components (5 of 6)
on page 287
WT2-5678-000CN Cable guide Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
WT2-5694-000CN Clip clamp, wire Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
WT2-5694-000CN Cable guide Internal components (5 of 6)
on page 287
WT2-5812-000CN Clip, cable Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
XA9-1500-000CN Screw, RS, M3x8 Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
XA9-1503-000CN Screw, tapping, M3x6 Internal components (5 of 6)
on page 287
XA9-1671-000CN Screw, D, M3x8 Internal components (1 of 6)
on page 277
XA9-1671-000CN Screw, D, M3x8 Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
XA9-1671-000CN Screw, D, M3x8 Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
XA9-1671-000CN Screw, D, M3x8 Internal components (5 of 6)
on page 287
XA9-1671-000CN Screw, D, M3x8 Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
XB2-7300-605CN Screw w/washer, M3x6 Internal components (4 of 6)
on page 285
XB2-7300-605CN Screw w/washer, M3x6 Internal components (5 of 6)
on page 287
XB4-7401-005CN Screw, tapping, truss head, M4x10 Internal components (3 of 6)
on page 283
XB4-7401-005CN Screw, tapping, truss head, M4x10 Internal components (4 of 6)
on page 285
Table 7-12 Numerical parts list (continued)
310 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Part number Description Table and page
XB4-7401-005CN Screw, tapping, truss head, M4x10 Internal components (5 of 6)
on page 287
XB4-7401-005CN Screw, tapping, truss head, M4x10 Internal components (6 of 6)
on page 289
XD2-1100-402CN E-ring Internal components (2 of 6)
on page 281
Table 7-12 Numerical parts list (continued)
ENWW Numerical parts list 311
312 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
A Supplies and accessories
This section provides information about ordering parts, supplies, and accessories. Use only parts and
accessories that are specifically designed for this device.
●Order parts, accessories, and supplies
●Part numbers
ENWW 313
Order parts, accessories, and supplies
Several methods are available for ordering parts, supplies, and accessories:
●Order directly from HP
●Order through service or support providers
●Order directly through the embedded Web server (for printers that are connected to a network)
●Order directly through the HP Easy Printer Care software
Order directly from HP
You can obtain the following items directly from HP:
●Replacement parts: To order replacement parts in the U.S., go to http://www.hp.com/go/
hpparts. Outside the United States, order parts by contacting your local authorized HP service
center.
●Supplies and accessories: To order supplies in the U.S., go to http://www.hp.com/go/ljsupplies.
To order supplies worldwide, go to http://www.hp.com/ghp/buyonline.html. To order accessories,
go to www.hp.com/support/LJM3027mfp or www.hp.com/support/LJM3035mfp.
Order through service or support providers
To order a part or accessory, contact an HP-authorized service or support provider.
Order directly through the embedded Web server (for printers that are
connected to a network)
Use the following steps to order printing supplies directly through the embedded Web server.
1. In the Web browser on the computer, type the IP address or host name of the device. The status
window opens.
2. In the Other links area, double-click Order Supplies. This provides a URL for a site from which
you can purchase consumables.
3. Select the part numbers that you want to order, and follow the instructions on the screen.
Order directly through the HP Easy Printer Care software
HP Easy Printer Care software is a printer management tool designed to make printer configuration,
monitoring, supplies ordering, troubleshooting, and updating as simple and efficient as possible. For
more information about HP Easy Printer Care software, go to http://www.hp.com/go/easyprintercare.
314 Appendix A Supplies and accessories ENWW
Part numbers
The following list of accessories was current at the time of printing. Ordering information and availability
of the accessories might change during the life of the device.
Paper-handling accessories
Item Description Part number
Optional 500-sheet tray and feeder unit
(tray 3)
Optional tray to increase paper capacity.
Holds Letter, A4, Legal, A5, B5 (JIS),
Executive, and 8.5 x 13 paper sizes.
Q7817A
Print cartridge
Item Description Part number
HP LaserJet print cartridge 6,500-page cartridge Q7551A
13,000-page cartridge Q7551X
Memory
Item Description Part number
100-pin 133MHz DDR DIMM
Boosts the ability of the device to handle
large or complex print jobs.
64 MB Q7715A
128 MB Q7718A
256 MB Q7719A
512 MB Q7720A
Cables and interfaces
Item Description Part number
Enhanced I/O (EIO) cards
HP Jetdirect print server multi-protocol
EIO network cards:
HP Jetdirect 620n Fast Ethernet
(10/100Base-TX) print server
J7934A
HP Jetdirect 625n Gigabit Ethernet
(10/100Base-TX) print server
J7960A
HP Jetdirect 680n 802.11b wireless
internal print server
J6058A
HP bt1300 Bluetooth wireless printer
adapter
J6072A
HP Jetdirect 635n IPv6/IPsec print
server
HP Jetdirect 635n IPv6/IPsec print
server
J7961A
J7961A
USB cable 2-meter A to B cable C6518A
ENWW Part numbers 315
Stapler accessories
Item Description Part number
Staple cassette Cassette that contains 1,500 unformed
staples
Q7432A
Print media
For more information about media supplies, go to http://www.hp.com/go/ljsupplies.
Item Description Part number
HP Soft Gloss laser paper
For use with HP LaserJet devices. This
is coated paper, good for business
documents with high impact, such as
brochures, sales material, and
documents with graphics and
photographic images.
Specifications: 32 lb (120 g/m
2
).
Letter (220 x 280 mm), 50 sheets/box C4179A/Asia-Pacific countries/regions
A4 (210 x 297 mm), 50 sheets/box C4179B/Asia-Pacific countries/regions
and Europe
HP LaserJet tough paper
For use with HP LaserJet devices. This
satin-finish paper is waterproof and tear-
proof, yet doesn't compromise on print
quality or performance. Use it for signs,
maps, menus, and other business
applications.
Letter (8.5 x 11 in), 50 sheets to a carton Q1298A/North America
A4 (210 x 297 mm), 50 sheets to a carton Q1298B/Asia-Pacific countries/regions
and Europe
HP Premium Choice LaserJet paper
HP's brightest LaserJet paper. Expect
spectacular color and crisp black from
this paper that is extra smooth and
brilliantly white. This is ideal for
presentations, business plans, external
correspondence and other high-value
documents
Specifications: 98 bright, 32 lb. (75 g/
m
2
).
Letter (8.5 x 11 in), 500 sheets/ream, 10-
ream carton
HPU1132/North America
Letter (8.5 x 11 in), 250 sheets/ream, 6-
ream carton
HPU1732 North America
A4 (210 x 297 mm), 5-ream carton Q2397A/Asia-Pacific countries/regions
A4 (210 x 297 mm), 250 sheet/ream, 5-
ream carton
CHP412/Europe
A4 (210 x 297 mm), 500 sheet/ream, 5-
ream carton
CHP410/Europe
A4 (210 x 297 mm), 160 g/m
2
, 500 sheet/
ream, 5-ream carton
CHP413/Europe
HP LaserJet paper
For use with HP LaserJet devices. This
is good for letterhead, high-value
memos, legal documents, direct mail,
and correspondence.
Specifications: 96 bright, 24 lb (90 g/m
2
).
Letter (8.5 x 11 in), 500 sheets/ream, 10-
ream carton
HPJ1124/North America
Legal (8.5 x 14 in), 500 sheets/ream, 10-
ream carton
HPJ1424/North America
Letter (220 x 280 mm), 500 sheets/ream,
5-ream carton
Q2398A/Asia-Pacific countries/regions
A4 (210 x 297 mm), 500 sheets/ream, 5-
ream carton
Q2400A/Asia-Pacific countries/regions
A4 (210 x 297 mm), 500 sheets/ream CHP310/Europe
316 Appendix A Supplies and accessories ENWW
Item Description Part number
HP Printing paper
For use with HP LaserJet and inkjet
devices. This has been created
especially for small and home offices. It
is heavier and brighter than copier paper.
Specifications: 92 bright, 22 lb.
Letter (8.5 x 11 in), 500 sheets/ream, 10-
ream carton
HPP1122/North America and Mexico
Letter (8.5 x 11 in), 500 sheets/ream, 3-
ream carton
HPP113R/North America
A4 (210 x 297 mm), 500 sheets/ream, 5-
ream carton
CHP210/Europe
A4 (210 x 297 mm), 300 sheets/ream, 5-
ream carton
CHP213/Europe
HP Multipurpose paper
For use with all office equipment-laser
and inkjet devices, copiers, and fax
machines. This has been created for
businesses that want one paper for all
their office needs. It is brighter and
smoother than other office papers.
Specifications: 90 bright, 20 lb (75 g/m
2
).
Letter (8.5 x 11 in), 500 sheets/ream, 10-
ream carton
Letter (8.5 x 11 in), 500 sheets/ream, 5-
ream carton
Letter (8.5 x 11 in), 250 sheets/ream, 12-
ream carton
Letter (8.5 x 11 in), 3-hole, 500 sheets/
ream, 10-ream carton
Legal (8.5 x 14 in), 500 sheets/ream, 10-
ream carton
HPM1120/North America
HPM115R/North America
HP25011/North America
HPM113H/North America
HPM1420/North America
HP Office paper
For use with all office equipment-laser
and inkjet devices, copiers, and fax
machines. This is good for high-volume
printing.
Specifications: 84 bright, 20 lb (75 g/m
2
).
Letter (8.5 x 11 in), 500 sheets/ream, 10-
ream carton
HPC8511/North America and Mexico
Letter (8.5 x 11 in), 3-hole, 500 sheets/
ream, 10-ream carton
HPC3HP/North America
Legal (8.5 x 14 in), 500 sheets/ream, 10-
ream carton
HPC8514/North America
Letter (8.5 x 11 in), Quick Pack; 2,500-
sheet carton
HP2500S/North America and Mexico
Letter (8.5 x 11 in), Quick Pack 3-hole;
2,500-sheet carton
HP2500P/North America
Letter (220 x 280 mm), 500 sheets/ream,
5-ream carton
Q2408A/Asia-Pacific countries/regions
A4 (210 x 297 mm), 500 sheets/ream, 5-
ream carton
Q2407A/Asia-Pacific countries/regions
A4 (210 x 297 mm), 500 sheets/ream, 5-
ream carton
CHP110/Europe
A4 (210 x 297 mm), Quick Pack;
2500 sheets/ream, 5-ream carton
CHP113/Europe
ENWW Part numbers 317
Item Description Part number
HP Office recycled paper
For use with all office equipment-laser
and inkjet printers, copiers, and fax
machines. This is good for high-volume
printing.
Satisfies U.S. Executive Order 13101 for
environmentally preferable products.
Specifications: 84 bright, 20 lb, 30%
post-consumer content.
Letter (8.5 x 11 in), 500 sheets/ream, 10-
ream carton
HPE1120/North America
Letter (8.5 x 11 in), 3-hole, 500 sheets/
ream, 10-ream carton
HPE113H/North America
Legal (8.5 x 14 in), 500 sheets/ream, 10-
ream carton
HPE1420/North America
HP LaserJet transparencies
For use only with HP LaserJet
monochrome printers. For crisp, sharp
text and graphics, rely on the only
transparencies specifically designed and
tested to work with monochrome
HP LaserJet printers.
Specifications: 4.3-mil thickness.
Letter (8.5 x 11 in), 50 sheets to a carton 92296T/North America, Asia-Pacific
countries/regions, and Europe
A4 (210 x 297 mm), 50 sheets to a carton 922296U/Asia-Pacific countries/regions
and Europe
318 Appendix A Supplies and accessories ENWW
B Service and support
Hewlett-Packard limited warranty statement
HP PRODUCT DURATION OF LIMITED WARRANTY
HP LaserJet M3027, M3027x, M3035, and M3035xs One-year on-site warranty
HP warrants to you, the end-user customer, that HP hardware and accessories will be free from defects in materials
and workmanship after the date of purchase, for the period specified above. If HP receives notice of such defects
during the warranty period, HP will, at its option, either repair or replace products which prove to be defective.
Replacement products may be either new or equivalent in performance to new.
HP warrants to you that HP software will not fail to execute its programming instructions after the date of purchase,
for the period specified above, due to defects in material and workmanship when properly installed and used. If
HP receives notice of such defects during the warranty period, HP will replace software which does not execute
its programming instructions due to such defects.
HP does not warrant that the operation of HP products will be uninterrupted or error free. If HP is unable, within a
reasonable time, to repair or replace any product to a condition as warranted, you will be entitled to a refund of
the purchase price upon prompt return of the product.
HP products may contain remanufactured parts equivalent to new in performance or may have been subject to
incidental use.
Warranty does not apply to defects resulting from (a) improper or inadequate maintenance or calibration, (b)
software, interfacing, parts or supplies not supplied by HP, (c) unauthorized modification or misuse, (d) operation
outside of the published environmental specifications for the product, or (e) improper site preparation or
maintenance.
TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, THE ABOVE WARRANTIES ARE EXCLUSIVE AND NO OTHER
WARRANTY OR CONDITION, WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL, IS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED AND HP
SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY,
SATISFACTORY QUALITY, AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some countries/regions, states or
provinces do not allow limitations on the duration of an implied warranty, so the above limitation or exclusion might
not apply to you. This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you might also have other rights that vary from
country/region to country/region, state to state, or province to province. HP's limited warranty is valid in any country/
region or locality where HP has a support presence for this product and where HP has marketed this product. The
level of warranty service you receive may vary according to local standards. HP will not alter form, fit or function
of the product to make it operate in a country/region for which it was never intended to function for legal or regulatory
reasons.
TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, THE REMEDIES IN THIS WARRANTY STATEMENT ARE YOUR
SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES. EXCEPT AS INDICATED ABOVE, IN NO EVENT WILL HP OR ITS
SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR LOSS OF DATA OR FOR DIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL
ENWW Hewlett-Packard limited warranty statement 319
(INCLUDING LOST PROFIT OR DATA), OR OTHER DAMAGE, WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR
OTHERWISE. Some countries/regions, states or provinces do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or
consequential damages, so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you.
THE WARRANTY TERMS CONTAINED IN THIS STATEMENT, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT LAWFULLY
PERMITTED, DO NOT EXCLUDE, RESTRICT OR MODIFY AND ARE IN ADDITION TO THE MANDATORY
STATUTORY RIGHTS APPLICABLE TO THE SALE OF THIS PRODUCT TO YOU.
Customer self repair warranty service
HP products are designed with many Customer Self Repair (CSR) parts to minimize repair time and
allow for greater flexibility in performing defective parts replacement. If during the diagnosis period, HP
identifies that the repair can be accomplished by the use of a CSR part, HP will ship that part directly to
you for replacement. There are two categories of CSR parts: 1) Parts for which customer self repair is
mandatory. If you request HP to replace these parts, you will be charged for the travel and labor costs
of this service. 2) Parts for which customer self repair is optional. These parts are also designed for
Customer Self Repair. If, however, you require that HP replace them for you, this may be done at no
additional charge under the type of warranty service designated for your product.
Based on availability and where geography permits, CSR parts will be shipped for next business day
delivery. Same-day or four-hour delivery may be offered at an additional charge where geography
permits. If assistance is required, you can call the HP Technical Support Center and a technician will
help you over the phone. HP specifies in the materials shipped with a replacement CSR part whether
a defective part must be returned to HP. In cases where it is required to return the defective part to HP,
you must ship the defective part back to HP within a defined period of time, normally five (5) business
days. The defective part must be returned with the associated documentation in the provided shipping
material. Failure to return the defective part may result in HP billing you for the replacement. With a
customer self repair, HP will pay all shipping and part return costs and determine the courier/carrier to
be used.
Print cartridge limited warranty statement
This HP product is warranted to be free from defects in materials and workmanship.
This warranty does not apply to products that (a) have been refilled, refurbished, remanufactured or
tampered with in any way, (b) experience problems resulting from misuse, improper storage, or
operation outside of the published environmental specifications for the device product or (c) exhibit wear
from ordinary use.
To obtain warranty service, please return the product to place of purchase (with a written description of
the problem and print samples) or contact HP customer support. At HP's option, HP will either replace
products that prove to be defective or refund your purchase price.
TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, THE ABOVE WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND NO
OTHER WARRANTY OR CONDITION, WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL, IS EXPRESSED OR
IMPLIED AND HP SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF
MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, IN NO EVENT WILL HP OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE
LIABLE FOR DIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL (INCLUDING LOST PROFIT OR
DATA), OR OTHER DAMAGE, WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE.
320 Appendix B Service and support ENWW
THE WARRANTY TERMS CONTAINED IN THIS STATEMENT, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT
LAWFULLY PERMITTED, DO NOT EXCLUDE, RESTRICT OR MODIFY AND ARE IN ADDITION TO
THE MANDATORY STATUTORY RIGHTS APPLICABLE TO THE SALE OF THIS PRODUCT TO YOU.
ENWW Print cartridge limited warranty statement 321
HP Customer Care
Online Services
For 24-hour access to updated HP device-specific software, product information, and support
information through an Internet connection, go to the Web site: www.hp.com/support/LJM3027mfp or
www.hp.com/support/LJM3035mfp.
Go to www.hp.com/support/net_printing for information about the HP Jetdirect external print server.
HP Instant Support Professional Edition (ISPE) is a suite of Web-based troubleshooting tools for desktop
computing and printing products. Go to instantsupport.hp.com.
Telephone support
HP provides free telephone support during the warranty period. For the telephone number for your
country/region, see the flyer that shipped with the device, or visit www.hp.com/support/. Before calling
HP, have the following information ready: the product name and serial number, the date of purchase,
and a description of the problem.
Software utilities, drivers, and electronic information
www.hp.com/go/LJM3027mfp_software or www.hp.com/go/LJM3035mfp_software
The Web page for the drivers is in English, but you can download the drivers themselves in several
languages.
HP direct ordering for accessories or supplies
●United States: www.hp.com/sbso/product/supplies.
●Canada: www.hp.ca/catalog/supplies
●Europe: www.hp.com/supplies
●Asia-Pacific: www.hp.com/paper/
To order genuine HP parts or accessories, go to the HP Parts Store at www.hp.com/buy/parts (U.S. and
Canada only), or call 1-800-538-8787 (U.S.) or 1-800-387-3154 (Canada).
HP service information
To locate HP-Authorized Dealers, call 1-800-243-9816 (U.S.) or 1-800-387-3867 (Canada).
Outside the United States and Canada, call the customer support number for your country/region. See
the flyer that shipped in the box with the device.
HP service agreements
Call 1-800-HPINVENT (1-800-474-6836 (U.S.)) or 1-800-268-1221 (Canada). Or, go to the HP
SupportPack and Carepaq
TM
Services Web site at www.hpexpress-services.com/10467a.
For extended service, call 1-800-446-0522.
322 Appendix B Service and support ENWW
HP Easy Printer Care software
To check the device status and settings and view troubleshooting information and online documentation,
use the HP Easy Printer Care software. You must have performed a full software installation in order to
use the HP Easy Printer Care software. See Use the embedded Web server on page 49.
HP support and information for Macintosh computers
Go to www.hp.com/go/macosx for Macintosh OS X support information and HP subscription service for
driver updates.
Go to www.hp.com/go/mac-connect for products that are designed specifically for the Macintosh user.
ENWW HP Customer Care 323
HP maintenance agreements
HP has several types of maintenance agreements that meet a wide range of support needs.
Maintenance agreements are not part of the standard warranty. Support services may vary by area.
Check with your local HP dealer to determine the services available to you.
On-site service agreements
To provide you with the level of support best suited to your needs, HP has on-site service agreements
with a selection of response times.
Next-day on-site service
This agreement provides support by the next working day following a service request. Extended
coverage hours and extended travel beyond HP’s designated service zones are available on most on-
site agreements (for additional charges).
Weekly (volume) on-site service
This agreement provides scheduled weekly on-site visits for organizations with many HP products. This
agreement is designated for sites using 25 or more workstation products, including devices, plotters,
computers, and disk drives.
Repacking the device
If HP Customer Care determines that your device needs to be returned to HP for repair, follow the steps
below to repack the device before shipping it.
CAUTION Shipping damage as a result of inadequate packing is the customer’s responsibility.
To repack the device
1. Remove and retain any DIMMs cards that you have purchased and installed in the device. Do not
remove the DIMM that came with the device.
CAUTION Static electricity can damage DIMMs. When handling DIMMs, either wear an
antistatic wrist strap, or frequently touch the surface of the DIMM antistatic package and
then touch bare metal on the device. To remove the DIMMs, see Install memory
on page 30.
2. Remove and retain the print cartridge.
CAUTION It is extremely important to remove the print cartridge before shipping the
device. A print cartridge that remains in the device during shipping will leak and entirely
cover the device engine and other parts with toner.
To prevent damage to the print cartridge, avoid touching the roller on it, and store the print
cartridge in its original packing material or so that it is not exposed to light.
3. Remove and retain the power cable, interface cable, and optional accessories.
324 Appendix B Service and support ENWW
4. If possible, include print samples and 50 to 100 sheets of paper or other print media that did not
print correctly.
5. In the U.S., call HP Customer Care to request new packing material. In other areas, use the original
packing material, if possible. Hewlett-Packard recommends insuring the equipment for shipment.
Extended warranty
HP Support provides coverage for the HP hardware product and all HP-supplied internal components.
The hardware maintenance covers a 1- to 3-year period from date of the HP product purchase. The
customer must purchase HP Support within the stated factory warranty. For more information, contact
the HP Customer Care Service and Support group.
ENWW HP maintenance agreements 325
326 Appendix B Service and support ENWW
C Specifications
●Physical specifications
●Electrical specifications
●Acoustic emissions
●Operating environment
ENWW 327
Physical specifications
Table C-1 Printer dimensions
Printer model Height Depth Width Weight
1
HP LaserJet M3027, M3027x, and
M3035 MFPs
530 mm (20.9 in) 400 mm (15.7 in) 464 mm (19.3 in) 27.6 kg (60.6 lb)
HP LaserJet M3035xs MFP 670 mm (26.4 in) 33.4 kg (73.5 lb)
1
With print cartridge
Table C-2 Printer dimensions with all doors and trays fully opened
Printer model Height Depth Width
HP LaserJet M3027, M3027x, and M3035 MFPs 870 mm (34.3 in) 978 mm (38.4 in) 464 mm (19.3 in)
HP LaserJet M3035xs MFP 1,010 mm (39.8 in)
Electrical specifications
WARNING! Power requirements are based on the country/region where the device is sold. Do
not convert operating voltages. This can damage the device and void the product warranty.
Table C-3 Power requirements
Specification 110-volt models 220-volt models
Power requirements 100 to 127 volts (± 10%)
50/60 Hz (± 2 Hz)
220 to 240 volts (± 10%)
50/60 Hz (± 2 Hz)
Rated current 7.5 Amps 4.5 Amps
Table C-4 Power consumption (average, in watts)
1
Printer model Printing
2
Ready
3
,
4
Sleep
5
Off
HP LaserJet M3027 625 W
6
11 W 8.5 W 0.4 W
HP LaserJet M3027x 625 W
6
11 W 8.5 W 0.4 W
HP LaserJet M3035 625 W
6
11 W 8.5 W 0.4 W
HP LaserJet M3035xs 625 W
6
11 W 8.5 W 0.4 W
1
Values subject to change. See www.hp.com/support/LJM3027mfp or www.hp.com/support/LJM3035mfp for current
information.
2
Power numbers are the highest values measured using all standard voltages.
3
Default time from Ready mode to Sleep = 30 minutes.
4
Heat dissipation in Ready mode = 37.5 BTU/hour.
5
Recovery time from Sleep to start of printing = less than 8.5 seconds.
6
Print speed is 27 or 35 ppm.
328 Appendix C Specifications ENWW
Acoustic emissions
Table C-5 Sound power and pressure level
1
,
2
Sound power level Declared per ISO 9296
Printing
3
L
WAd
= 6.5 Bels (A) [65 dB(A)]
Ready Essentially Inaudible
Sound pressure level Declared per ISO 9296
Printing
3
L
pAm
=56 dB (A)
Ready Essentially Inaudible
1
Values subject to change. See www.hp.com/support/LJM3027mfp or www.hp.com/support/LJM3035mfp for current
information.
2
Configuration tested: base printer, simplex printing with A4 paper size.
3
Print speed is 27 or 35 ppm.
Operating environment
Table C-6 Necessary conditions
Environmental condition Printing Storage/standby
Temperature (printer and print cartridge) 15° to 32.5°C (59° to 89°F) 0° to 40°C (32° to 104°F)
Relative humidity 10% to 80% 0% to 95%
ENWW Acoustic emissions 329
330 Appendix C Specifications ENWW
D Regulatory information
This section contains the following regulatory information:
●FCC regulations
●Environmental product stewardship program
●Telecom statement
●Declaration of conformity
●Safety statements
ENWW 331
FCC regulations
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant
to Part 15 of the FCC rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful
interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio
frequency energy. If this equipment is not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, it may
cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference
will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or
television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is
encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
●Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
●Increase separation between equipment and receiver.
●Connect equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is located.
●Consult your dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician.
NOTE Any changes or modifications to the printer that are not expressly approved by HP could
void the user’s authority to operate this equipment.
Use of a shielded interface cable is required to comply with the Class B limits of Part 15 of FCC
rules.
332 Appendix D Regulatory information ENWW
Environmental product stewardship program
Protecting the environment
Hewlett-Packard Company is committed to providing quality products in an environmentally sound
manner. This product has been designed with several attributes to minimize impacts on our environment.
Ozone production
This product generates no appreciable ozone gas (O
3
).
Power consumption
Power usage drops significantly while in Ready and Sleep modes, which saves natural resources and
saves money without affecting the high performance of this product. This product qualifies for ENERGY
STAR® (Version 3.0), which is a voluntary program to encourage the development of energy-efficient
office products.
ENERGY STAR® and the ENERGY STAR mark are U.S. registered marks. As an ENERGY STAR
partner, Hewlett-Packard Company has determined that this product meets ENERGY STAR Guidelines
for energy efficiency. For more information, see www.energystar.gov.
Toner consumption
Economode uses significantly less toner, which might extend the life of the print cartridge.
Paper use
This device’s manual/optional automatic duplex feature (two-sided printing) and N-up printing (multiple
pages printed on one page) capability can reduce paper usage and the resulting demands on natural
resources.
Plastics
Plastic parts over 25 grams are marked according to international standards that enhance the ability to
identify plastics for recycling purposes at the end of the product’s life.
HP LaserJet print supplies
It’s easy to return and recycle your empty HP LaserJet print cartridges—free of charge—with HP Planet
Partners. HP is committed to providing inventive, high-quality products and services that are
environmentally sound, from product design and manufacturing to distribution, operation and recycling
processes. We ensure your returned HP LaserJet print cartridges are recycled properly, processing
them to recover valuable plastics and metals for new products and diverting millions of tons of waste
from landfills. Since this cartridge is being recycled and used in new materials, it will not be returned to
ENWW Environmental product stewardship program 333
you. Your empty HP LaserJet print cartridges are recycled responsibly when you participate in the
HP Planet Partners program. Thank you for being environmentally responsible!
In many countries/regions, this product’s printing supplies (for example, print cartridges) can be returned
to HP through the HP Printing Supplies Returns and Recycling Program. An easy-to-use and free take
back program is available in more than 35 countries/regions. Multilingual program information and
instructions are included in every new HP LaserJet print cartridge and supplies package.
HP print supplies returns and recycling program information
Since 1992, HP has offered HP LaserJet supplies return and recycling free of charge. In 2004, HP Planet
Partners for LaserJet Supplies was available in 85% of the world market where HP LaserJet supplies
are sold. Postage-paid and pre-addressed labels are included within the instruction guide in most
HP LaserJet print cartridge boxes. Labels and bulk boxes are also available through the Web site:
www.hp.com/recycle.
Use the label to return empty, original HP LaserJet print cartridges only. Please do not use this label for
non-HP cartridges, refilled or remanufactured cartridges, or warranty returns. Printing supplies or other
objects inadvertently sent to the HP Planet Partners program cannot be returned.
More than 10 million HP LaserJet print cartridges were recycled globally in 2004 through the HP Planet
Partners supplies recycling program. This record number represents 26 million pounds of print cartridge
materials diverted from landfills. Worldwide, in 2004, HP recycled an average of 59% of the print
cartridge by weight consisting primarily of plastic and metals. Plastics and metals are used to make new
products such as HP products, plastic trays, and spools. The remaining materials are disposed of in an
environmentally responsible manner.
●U.S. returns. For a more environmentally responsible return of used cartridges and supplies, HP
encourages the use of bulk returns. Simply bundle two or more cartridges together and use the
single, pre-paid, pre-addressed UPS label that is supplied in the package. For more information in
the U.S., call 1-800-340-2445 or visit the HP Web site at www.hp.com/recycle.
●Non-U.S. returns. Non-U.S. customers should visit the www.hp.com/recycle Web site for further
information regarding availability of the HP Supplies Returns and Recycling Program.
Paper
This product is capable of using recycled papers when the paper meets the guidelines outlined in the
HP LaserJet Printer Family Print Media Guide. This product is suitable for the use of recycled paper
according to EN12281:2002.
Material restrictions
This HP product does not contain added mercury.
This HP product contains a battery that might require special handling at end-of-life. The batteries
contained in or supplied by Hewlett-Packard for this product include the following:
HP LaserJet M3027/M3035 device
Type Carbon monofluoride lithium battery BR1632
Weight 1.5 g
Location On formatter board
User-removable No
334 Appendix D Regulatory information ENWW
For recycling information, you can go to www.hp.com/recycle, or contact your local authorities or the
Electronics Industries Alliance: www.eiae.org.
Disposal of waste equipment by users in private households in the
European Union
This symbol on the product or on its packaging indicates that this product must not be disposed of with
your other household waste. Instead, it is your responsibility to dispose of your waste equipment by
handing it over to a designated collection point for the recycling of waste electrical and electronic
equipment. The separate collection and recycling of your waste equipment at the time of disposal will
help to conserve natural resources and ensure that it is recycled in a manner that protects human health
and the environment. For more information about where you can drop off your waste equipment for
recycling, please contact your local city office, your household waste disposal service or the shop where
you purchased the product.
Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)
Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for supplies containing chemical substances (for example, toner)
can be obtained by contacting the HP Web site at www.hp.com/go/msds or www.hp.com/hpinfo/
community/environment/productinfo/safety.
For more information
To obtain information about these environmental topics:
●Product environmental profile sheet for this and many related HP products
●HP’s commitment to the environment
●HP’s environmental management system
●HP’s end-of-life product return and recycling program
●Material Safety Data Sheets
ENWW Environmental product stewardship program 335
Visit http://www.hp.com/go/environment or http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/community/environment/
productinfo/safety.
336 Appendix D Regulatory information ENWW
Telecom statement
The HP LaserJet M3027x and HP LaserJet M3035xs models have the HP LaserJet Analog Fax
Accessory 300 already installed to provide communication to the public switch telephone network
(PSTN) for fax functionality. See the HP LaserJet Analog Fax Accessory 300 User Guide for all
regulatory approval information and regulatory notices associated with the fax functionality and that
device.
ENWW Telecom statement 337
Declaration of conformity
Declaration of Conformity
according to ISO/IEC Guide 22 and EN 45014
Manufacturer's Name: Hewlett-Packard Company
Manufacturer's Address: 11311 Chinden Boulevard,
Boise, Idaho 83714-1021, USA
declares, that the product
Product Name: HP LaserJet M3027 / M3035 Series
Accessories
5)
:Q7817A – Optional 1x500 Sheet Tray
BOISB-0308-00 – Fax module
Regulatory Model Number
3)
:BOISB-0406-01
Product Options: ALL
Print Cartridge: Q7551A, Q7551X
conforms to the following Product Specifications:
Safety: IEC 60950-1:2001 / EN60950-1: 2001 +A11
IEC 60825-1:1993 +A1 +A2 / EN 60825-1:1994 +A1 +A2 (Class 1 Laser/LED Product)
GB4943-2001
EMC: CISPR 22:1993 +A1 +A2 / EN 55022:1994 +A1 +A2 - Class A
1,4)
EN 61000-3-2:2000
EN 61000-3-3:1995 +A1
EN 55024:1998 +A1 +A2
FCC Title 47 CFR, Part 15 Class A
2)
/ ICES-003, Issue 4
TELECOM: TBR-21:1998; EG 201 121:1998
Supplementary Information:
The product herewith complies with the requirements of the EMC Directive 89/336/EEC, the Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC, the R&TTE
Directive 1999/5/EC (Annex II), and carries the CE-Marking accordingly.
1) The product was tested in a typical configuration with Hewlett-Packard Personal Computer Systems.
2) This Device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
3) For regulatory purposes, this product is assigned a Regulatory model number. This number should not be confused with the marketing
name or the product number(s).
4) The product meets the requirements of EN55022 & CNS13438 Class A in which case the following applies: “Warning – This is a class A
product. In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate
measures”.
5) All worldwide modular approvals for analog fax accessory obtained by Hewlett-Packard under the regulatory model number BOISB-0308-00
incorporate the Multi-Tech Systems MT5634SMI Socket Modem Module.
Boise, Idaho , USA
19 April, 2006
For regulatory topics only:
Australia Contact: Product Regulations Manager, Hewlett-Packard Australia Ltd., 31-41 Joseph Street, Blackburn, Victoria 3130, Australia
European Contact: Your Local Hewlett-Packard Sales and Service Office or Hewlett-Packard GmbH, Department HQ-TRE / Standards
Europe, Herrenberger Strasse 140, , D-71034, Böblingen, (FAX: +49-7031-14-3143)
USA Contact: Product Regulations Manager, Hewlett-Packard Company,, PO Box 15, Mail Stop 160, Boise, ID 83707-0015, , (Phone:
208-396-6000)
338 Appendix D Regulatory information ENWW
Safety statements
Laser safety
The Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH) of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration has
implemented regulations for laser products manufactured since August 1, 1976. Compliance is
mandatory for products marketed in the United States. The device is certified as a “Class 1” laser product
under the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS) Radiation Performance Standard
according to the Radiation Control for Health and Safety Act of 1968. Since radiation emitted inside the
device is completely confined within protective housings and external covers, the laser beam cannot
escape during any phase of normal user operation.
WARNING! Using controls, making adjustments, or performing procedures other than those
specified in this user guide may result in exposure to hazardous radiation.
Canadian DOC regulations
Complies with Canadian EMC Class B requirements.
« Conforme à la classe B des normes canadiennes de compatibilité électromagnétiques. « CEM ». »
VCCI statement (Japan)
Power cord statement (Japan)
EMI statement (Korea)
ENWW Safety statements 339
EMI statement (Taiwan)
Laser statement for Finland
Luokan 1 laserlaite
Klass 1 Laser Apparat
HP LaserJet M3027, M3027x, M3035, M3035xs, laserkirjoitin on käyttäjän kannalta turvallinen luokan
1 laserlaite. Normaalissa käytössä kirjoittimen suojakotelointi estää lasersäteen pääsyn laitteen
ulkopuolelle. Laitteen turvallisuusluokka on määritetty standardin EN 60825-1 (1994) mukaisesti.
VAROITUS !
Laitteen käyttäminen muulla kuin käyttöohjeessa mainitulla tavalla saattaa altistaa käyttäjän
turvallisuusluokan 1 ylittävälle näkymättömälle lasersäteilylle.
VARNING !
Om apparaten används på annat sätt än i bruksanvisning specificerats, kan användaren utsättas för
osynlig laserstrålning, som överskrider gränsen för laserklass 1.
HUOLTO
HP LaserJet M3027, M3027x, M3035, M3035xs - kirjoittimen sisällä ei ole käyttäjän huollettavissa olevia
kohteita. Laitteen saa avata ja huoltaa ainoastaan sen huoltamiseen koulutettu henkilö. Tällaiseksi
huoltotoimenpiteeksi ei katsota väriainekasetin vaihtamista, paperiradan puhdistusta tai muita käyttäjän
käsikirjassa lueteltuja, käyttäjän tehtäväksi tarkoitettuja ylläpitotoimia, jotka voidaan suorittaa ilman
erikoistyökaluja.
VARO !
Mikäli kirjoittimen suojakotelo avataan, olet alttiina näkymättömällelasersäteilylle laitteen ollessa
toiminnassa. Älä katso säteeseen.
VARNING !
Om laserprinterns skyddshölje öppnas då apparaten är i funktion, utsättas användaren för osynlig
laserstrålning. Betrakta ej strålen. Tiedot laitteessa käytettävän laserdiodin säteilyominaisuuksista:
Aallonpituus 775-795 nm Teho 5 m W Luokan 3B laser.
340 Appendix D Regulatory information ENWW
E Working with memory and print server
cards
This section explains the device memory features and provides steps for expansion.
●Overview
ENWW 341
Overview
One dual inline memory module (DIMM) slot is available for upgrading the device with the following
items:
●More memory—DIMMs are available in 64, 128, 256, and 512 MB.
●Other DIMM-based printer languages and printer options.
The device uses 100-pin 133 MHz DDR memory modules. Extended data output (EDO) DIMMs are not
supported.
For ordering information, see Order parts, accessories, and supplies on page 314.
NOTE Single inline memory modules (SIMMs) used in previous HP LaserJet printers are not
compatible with the device.
The device also has one EIO slot for expanding the device networking capabilities. The EIO slot can be
used to upgrade the device with an additional network connection, such as a wireless print server,
network card, or a connectivity card for a serial or AppleTalk connection.
To find out how much memory is installed in the device, or to find out what is installed in the EIO slots,
print a configuration page. See Use information pages on page 45.
NOTE If memory problems occur when you are printing complex graphics, you can make more
memory available by removing downloaded fonts, style sheets, and macros from device memory.
Reducing the complexity of a print job from within a program can help avoid memory problems.
342 Appendix E Working with memory and print server cards ENWW
Glossary
bidirectional communication Two-way data transmission.
bin A receptacle for holding printed pages.
BOOTP Abbreviation for “Bootstrap Protocol,” an Internet protocol that a computer uses to find its IP address.
calibration The process in which the printer makes internal adjustments to produce the best print quality.
chooser A Macintosh accessory that you use to select a device.
control panel The area on the printer that contains buttons and a display screen. Use the control panel to set
printer settings and to get information about the printer status.
default The normal or standard setting for hardware or software.
DHCP Abbreviation for “dynamic host configuration protocol.” Individual computers or peripherals that are
connected to a network use DHCP to find their own configuration information, including the IP address.
DIMM Abbreviation for “dual inline memory module.” A small circuit board that holds memory chips.
duplex A feature that accommodates printing on both sides of a sheet of paper. Also called “two-sided printing.”
EIO Abbreviation for “enhanced input/output.” A hardware interface that is used to add a print server, network
adaptor, hard disk, or other plug-in item for HP printers.
Emulated PostScript Software that emulates Adobe PostScript, a programming language that describes the
appearance of the printed page. This printer language appears as “PS” in many menus.
firmware Programming instructions that are stored in a read-only memory unit inside the printer.
font A complete set of letters, numerals, and symbols in a typeface.
fuser The assembly that uses heat to fuse the toner onto the print media.
grayscale Various shades of gray.
halftone pattern A halftone pattern uses differing sizes of ink dots to produce a continuous-tone image such as
a photograph.
HP Easy Printer Care software Software that provides the ability to track and maintain printers from your
computer desktop.
HP Jetdirect An HP product for network printing.
HP Web Jetadmin An HP-trademarked Web-based printer control software that you can use on a computer to
manage any peripheral that is connected to an HP Jetdirect print server.
I/O Abbreviation for “input/output,” refers to computer-port settings.
ENWW Glossary 343
IP address The unique number assigned to a computer device that is connected to a network.
IPX/SPX Abbreviation for “internetwork packet exchange/sequenced packet exchange.”
media The paper, labels, transparencies, or other material on which the printer prints the image.
memory tag A memory partition that has a specific address.
monochrome Black and white. Devoid of color.
network A system of computers interconnected by telephone wires or other means in order to share information.
network administrator A person who manages a network.
page buffer Temporary printer memory used to hold page data while the printer creates an image of the page.
PCL Abbreviation for “Printer Control Language.”
peripheral An auxiliary device, such as a printer, modem, or storage system, that works in conjunction with a
computer.
personality Distinctive features or characteristics of a printer or printer language.
pixel Abbreviation for “picture element,” the smallest unit of area in an image displayed on a screen.
PJL Abbreviation for “printer job language.”
PostScript A trademarked page-description language.
PPD Abbreviation for “PostScript printer description.”
printer driver A software program that a computer uses to gain access to printer features.
RAM Abbreviation for “random access memory,” a type of computer memory that stores data that can change.
raster image An image composed of dots.
render The process of producing text or graphics.
ROM Abbreviation for “read-only memory,” a type of computer memory that stores data that should not change.
supplies Materials that the printer uses and that must be replaced. The supply item for this printer is the print
cartridge.
TCP/IP An internet protocol that has become the global standard for communications.
toner The fine black or colored powder that forms the image on the printed media.
transfer unit The black plastic belt that transports media inside the printer and transfers toner from the print
cartridge onto the media.
tray The receptacle that holds blank media.
344 Glossary ENWW
Index
Symbols/Numerics
500–sheet tray. See tray 3
A
access plate, removing 144
accessibility features 4
accessories
features 3
ordering 271, 314
part numbers 315
troubleshooting 200
acoustic specifications 329
activity log, fax 46
ADF
capacity 2
cleaning 40
error messages 211
jams 212, 217
locating 5
operations 57
part numbers 272
power-on sequence 72
removing and replacing 80
sensors 57
ADF cover, removing 80
ADF input tray, removing 82
Alert Settings window, HP Easy
Printer Care 48
alerts, e-mail 53
anticounterfeit supplies 39
authorized dealers 322
autoconfiguration, drivers 9
automatic document feeder (ADF)
jams 217
B
back cover, removing 101
batteries included 334
billing codes report, fax 46
bins, output
capacities 2
full, error messages 212
jams, clearing 223
locating 5
paper curl,
troubleshooting 243
blank pages, troubleshooting 244
blocked fax list, printing 46
blurred print, troubleshooting 259
Bonjour Settings 53
boot-up key sequences 226
both sides, printing on
error messages 210
Macintosh settings 53
paper sizes supported 18
troubleshooting 244
browsers supported, HP
Toolbox 14
buffer overflow errors 204
C
cable, USB 271
calibrating scanner 231
call report, fax 46
Canadian DOC regulations 339
capacities, trays 2, 19
cardstock 19
cartridge door, removing 179
cartridges
authentication 39
EconoMode 38
features 3
genuine HP 39
jams, clearing 219
memory tag 73
non-HP 39, 212
operations 64
ordering through embedded
Web server 51
part numbers 271, 315
recycling 333
replacement intervals 38
replacing 27
status, viewing with HP Easy
Printer Care 48
storage 39
supplies status page 45
warranty 320
characters, misformed 255
chosen personality not
available 211
circuit diagrams 266
classes 270
cleaning
ADF 40
device 40
exterior 40
fuser 44
lid backing 42
scanner glass 43
cleaning page, printing 44
clock errors 202
communications,
troubleshooting 225
configuration page
Macintosh 53
printing 45
troubleshooting 194
configurations 2
consumables. See supplies
contacting HP 322
control panel
Default Job Options
menu 230
Device Behavior menu 230
Information menu 230
Initial Setup menu 230
language, selecting 193
ENWW Index 345
locating 5
Management menu 230
menu map 45
menus 230
messages, numerical
list 201
messages, types of 201
Print Quality menu 230
removing 84
Resets menu 230
Service menu 228, 230
settings 10
test 232
Time/Scheduling menu 230
trays, configuring 26
troubleshooting 193
Troubleshooting menu 230,
231
convenience stapler
locating 5
models including 2
power supply, removing 123
removing 117
staple cassette, part
number 316
counterfeit supplies 39
covers
ADF, removing 80
back, removing 101
cartridge door, removing 179
fax, removing 96
front right, removing 109
I/O, removing 103
left-side, removing 97
part numbers 274
right-side, removing 94
top, removing 105
crooked pages 247, 256
curled paper,
troubleshooting 256
custom paper sizes supported 18
customer support
embedded Web server
links 51
HP Printer Utility pages 53
online 322
repacking device 324
D
date code, service ID 228
declaration of conformity 338
Default Job Options menu 230
default settings
Device Behavior menu 230
Resets menu 230
density
settings 53
troubleshooting 250
developing stage 65
Device Behavior menu 230
Device List, HP Easy Printer
Care 48
Device Status, HP Easy Printer
Care 48
diagnostics
control panel 232
engine 234
formatter 235
digital sending error
messages 211, 213
DIMMs
accessing 5
enabling for Windows 34
error messages 207
installing 30
part numbers 271, 315
types available 342
verifying installation 34
disk
errors 209
installing 35
removing 36, 113
disposal, end-of-life 334
documentation, ordering 270
dots, troubleshooting 251, 258
double-sided printing
error messages 210
Macintosh settings 53
paper sizes supported 18
troubleshooting 244
downloading software 7
dpi, settings 53
drive assembly, diagrams 261
drivers
included 3
ordering 270
preconfiguration 9
selecting 9
settings 10, 11
supported 8
system requirements 7
universal 9
Update Now 9
dropouts, troubleshooting 252
drum cleaning stage 67
duplexer
error messages 210
jams, clearing 222
Macintosh settings 53
models including 2
rollers 68
duplexing
paper sizes supported 18
troubleshooting 244
E
e-label reader, removing 175
e-mail alerts 53
Easy Printer Care
about 47
Easy Printer Care software
downloading 14
EconoMode setting 38
ECU
operations 62
removing 131
EIO cards
buffer overflow 204
errors 204, 210
installing 35
part numbers 271, 315
removing 36
slots 6
electrical specifications 328
electrostatic discharge (ESD) 77
embedded Web server 13, 49,
235
end-of-life disposal 334
energy specifications 328
Energy Star compliance 3
engine control unit
operations 62
removing 131
engine controller assembly 261
engine controller PCA 265
engine test 234
envelopes
sizes supported 18
wrinkled, troubleshooting 257
346 Index ENWW
environment for printer
location requirements 22
specifications 22, 329
environmental stewardship
program 333
error messages
Alert Settings, HP Easy Printer
Care 48
e-mail alerts 53
event log 231
numerical list 201
types of 201
ESD (electrostatic discharge) 77
European Union, waste
disposal 335
event log
clearing 228
viewing 231
extended warranty 325
e-mail error messages 211
e-mail errors 213
F
face-down-roller shaft,
removing 177
fans
diagrams 264
left-side, removing 148
right-side, removing 128
FastRes 3
fax accessory
models including 2
removing 111
settings 231
fax cover, removing 96
fax port, locating 6
fax rail, removing 104
fax reports, printing 46, 231
FCC statement 331
features 2, 3
feed guide assembly,
removing 156
feed roller 68
file directory, printing 46
File Upload, Macintosh 53
Find Other Printers window, HP
Easy Printer Care 48
Finnish laser safety
statement 340
firmware
upgrading 239
Firmware Update, Macintosh 53
firmware, updating 239
folders, error messages 213
fonts
included 3
list, printing 46
Upload Macintosh 53
foreign interface harness (FIH)
locating 6
formatter
operations 59
page count, resetting 228
removing 116
service ID 228
shield, removing 95
test page 235
fraud hotline 39
front right cover, removing 109
fuser
cleaning 44
diagrams 261
error messages 206
errors 205
paper wrapping errors 203
removing 139
warranty 320
fusing stage 67
G
gateways, error messages 211
gear assembly, removing 162
glass
cleaning 43
remove paper message 211
glossary 343
glossy paper 19
gray background,
troubleshooting 253
H
heavy paper 19
high-voltage power supply
diagrams 261
removing 149
HP Customer Care 322
HP Customer Care Online 270
HP Driver Preconfiguration 9
HP Easy Printer Care
about 47
options 48
HP Easy Printer Care software
downloading 14
HP fraud hotline 39
HP Instant Support Professional
Edition (ISPE) 322
HP Jetdirect print server
configuration page 45
embedded Web server
access 235
error messages 210
installing 35
models including 2
part number 271
part numbers 315
removing 36
HP Jetdirect print servers
firmware updates 242
HP media, ordering 316
HP Printer Utility 52, 53
HP Printer Utility, Macintosh 12,
52
HP SupportPack 325
HP Technical Training 270
HP Toolbox
browsers supported 14
opening 47
HP Universal Print Driver 9
HP Web Jetadmin
firmware updates 241
HP-Authorized Dealers 322
humidity
specifications 329
I
I/O cover, removing 103
image defect ruler 238
image formation system
operations 64
image quality
defect ruler 238
settings 230
troubleshooting 248
image repetition,
troubleshooting 260
Information menu 230
information pages 45
ENWW Index 347
Information tab, embedded Web
server 50, 235
Initial Setup menu 230
installers, Windows 14
installing
device location
requirements 22
device, operating
environment 22
EIO cards 35
HP Jetdirect print server 35
memory (DIMMs) 30
Instant Support Professional
Edition (ISPE) 322
insufficient memory 204, 212
internal clock errors 202
internal components, part
numbers 276
J
jams
ADF 212
ADF, clearing 217
common causes of 214
detection operations 62
detection sensors 216
duplexer, clearing 222
error messages 203
fuser wrapping 203
locations 215
output-bin, clearing 223
print-cartridge area,
clearing 219
trays, clearing 220
Japanese VCCI statement 339
Jetadmin
firmware updates 241
Jetadmin, HP Web 13, 52
Jetdirect print server
configuration page 45
embedded Web server
access 235
error messages 210
installing 35
models including 2
part numbers 271, 315
removing 36
Jetdirect print servers
firmware updates 242
jobs
formatted incorrectly 199
Macintosh settings 53
not printing,
troubleshooting 198
stopped, troubleshooting 199
K
Korean EMI statement 339
L
labels 19
language, control panel 193
laser beam exposure stage 65
laser safety statements 339, 340
laser/scanner
diagrams 261
operations 63
removing 142
left-side cover, removing 97
left-side fan, removing 148
left-side riser, removing 138
lid, cleaning 42
light print, troubleshooting 250
lines, troubleshooting 252, 257
Linux drivers 8
loading
error messages 212
tray 1 23
tray 2 25
location requirements 22
Lock Resources, Macintosh 53
loose toner, troubleshooting 254
M
Macintosh
driver settings 11
drivers supported 8
HP Printer Utility 52
removing software 12
software 12
software components 14
support 323
supported operating
systems 7
main motor, removing 159
maintenance agreements 324
Management menu 230
material restrictions 334
Material Safety Data Sheet
(MSDS) 335
media
capacities 2
curl, troubleshooting 243,
256
fuser wrapping 203
HP, ordering 316
jam detection sensors 216
loading tray 1 23
loading tray 2 25
multifeeds,
troubleshooting 246
pickup/feed/delivery
operations 62
sizes supported 18
skewed 247, 256
specifications 15, 17
trays, configuring 26
troubleshooting trays 243
two-sided printing 18
types supported 19
wrinkled 246, 257
media jams. See jams
memory
autoconfiguration 9
DIMM error messages 207
e-label reader, removing 175
enabling for Windows 34
firmware updates 239
included 2, 12
installing DIMMs 30
insufficient 204, 212
part numbers 271, 315
permanent storage error
messages 209
print cartridges 73
upgrading 342
verifying installation 34
menu map, printing 45
menus, control panel
accessing 230
Default Job Options 230
Device Behavior 230
Information 230
Initial Setup 230
Management 230
Print Quality 230
Resets 230
Service 228, 230
Time/Scheduling 230
Troubleshooting 230, 231
348 Index ENWW
mercury-free product 334
messages
Alert Settings, HP Easy Printer
Care 48
e-mail alerts 53
event log 231
numerical list 201
types of 201
misformed characters,
troubleshooting 255
models, device configurations 2
motors
diagrams 264
main, removing 159
operations 62
multifeeds, troubleshooting 246
multipurpose tray. See tray 1
N
network port, locating 6
Networking tab, embedded Web
server 51, 236
networks
configuration page 45
embedded Web server
access 235
HP Jetdirect print server error
messages 210
HP Jetdirect print servers,
models including 2
HP Web Jetadmin 52
Macintosh settings 53
part numbers 271, 315
troubleshooting 225
next-day on-site service 324
noise specifications 329
non-HP supplies 39, 212
not responding,
troubleshooting 245
NVRAM errors 209
O
oblique roller 68
oblique-roller assembly,
removing 146
on-site service agreements 324
on/off switch, locating 5
online support 270, 322
operating environment
specifications 22, 329
operating systems supported 7
operations
ADF 57
block diagram 56
engine control unit 60
formatter 59
image formation 64
jam detection sensors 216
laser/scanner 63
pickup/feed/delivery
system 62
power-on 72
print cartridge memory 73
scanner 58
timing 69
Optimize print quality 230
ordering
media, HP 316
part numbers for 315
parts 270
supplies 270
supplies and accessories 314
supplies through embedded
Web server 51
supplies with HP Easy Printer
Care 48
Other links tab, embedded Web
server 236
output bins. See bins
output quality
image defect ruler 238
settings 230
troubleshooting 248
P
packaging device 324
page count 228
pages per minute 2
pages per minutet 2
paper
capacities 2
curl, troubleshooting 243,
256
fuser wrapping 203
HP, ordering 316
jam detection sensors 216
loading tray 1 23
loading tray 2 25
multifeeds,
troubleshooting 246
pickup/feed/delivery
operations 62
sizes supported 18
skewed 247, 256
specifications 15, 17
trays, configuring 26
troubleshooting trays 243
two-sided printing 18
types supported 19
wrinkled 246, 257
paper jams. See jams
parallel port
testing 225
part numbers
accessories 271, 315
ADF/scanner assembly 272
covers 274
EIO cards 315
internal components 276
media, HP 316
memory 315
print cartridges 315
supplies 271
tray 2 290
parts
ordering 270
removing and replacing 77,
78
PCAs, diagrams 265
PCL drivers
selecting 9
universal 9
permanent storage errors 209
phone numbers, ordering
supplies 270
physical specifications 22, 328
pickup assembly, diagrams 261
pickup assembly, removing 168
pickup roller, tray 1
locating 68
removing 186
pickup roller, tray 2
locating 68
removing 187
pickup/feed/delivery
operations 62
PIN codes, service 228
ports
included 2
locating 5, 6
ENWW Index 349
network 2
supported 3
troubleshooting 225
PostScript error pages 198
PostScript Printer Description
(PPD) files 12
power connection, locating 6
power operations 72
power specifications 328
power supply
diagrams 261
removing 149
power switch, locating 5
PPDs 12
preconfiguration, driver 9
pressure roller 68
primary charging stage 65
print cartridge door,
removing 179
print cartridges
authentication 39
EconoMode 38
features 3
genuine HP 39
jams, clearing 219
memory tag 73
non-HP 39, 212
operations 64
ordering through embedded
Web server 51
part numbers 271, 315
recycling 333
replacement intervals 38
replacing 27
status, viewing with HP Easy
Printer Care 48
storage 39
supplies status page 45
warranty 320
print jobs
formatted incorrectly 199
not printing,
troubleshooting 198
stopped, troubleshooting 199
print quality
image defect ruler 238
settings 230
troubleshooting 248
Print Quality menu, control
panel 230
printer drivers. See drivers
printing system software 7
priority, settings 10
problem-solving
control panel messages,
numerical 201
e-mail alerts 53
event log 231
messages, types of 201
processor speed 3
ProRes 3
PS Emulation drivers 8
PS error pages 198
Q
quality
image defect ruler 238
settings 230
troubleshooting 248
R
rear output bin
locating 5
rear output bin, locating 5
recovery, firmware 239
recycling 333
registration assembly
diagrams 261
removing 183
regulatory information 331
remote firmware update
(RFU) 239
removing Macintosh software 12
removing parts 77, 78
repacking device 324
repeating defects,
troubleshooting 238, 254
repeating images,
troubleshooting 260
replacing parts 77, 78
replacing printing cartridges 27
Resets menu, control panel 230
resolution
features 3
settings 53
troubleshooting quality 248
Resolution Enhancement
technology (REt) 53
REt (Resolution Enhancement
technology) 53
right-side cover
locating 5
removing 94
right-side fan, removing 128
riser, removing 138
rollers
diagrams 262
face-down shaft,
removing 177
image defect ruler 238
locating 68
oblique, removing 146
transfer, removing 182
tray 1 pickup, removing 186
tray 2 pickup, removing 187
ruler, image defect 238
S
safety statements 339, 340
scanner
errors 204
operations 58
part numbers 272
power-on sequence 72
removing 90
scanner calibration 231
scanner glass
cleaning 43
remove paper message 211
scanner lid backing, cleaning 42
scanning to e-mail, error
messages 211, 213
screwdrivers, required 78
screws, replacing 77
sending to e-mail, error
messages 211, 213
sensors
ADF 57
diagrams 263
jam detection 216
operations 62
tray 1, removing 173
separation pad
locating 68
removing 189
separation stage 66
service
HP-Authorized Dealers 322
repacking device 324
service agreements 324
350 Index ENWW
service ID 228
Service menu 228
Service menu, control panel 230
setting up device 22
settings
Default Job Options
menu 230
drivers 11
priority 10
Settings tab, embedded Web
server 50, 236
shipping device 324
SIMMs, incompatibility 342
site requirements 22
skewed pages 247, 256
Sleep mode 328
slow printing,
troubleshooting 199, 243
smeared toner,
troubleshooting 253
SMTP gateway errors 213
software
embedded Web server 13,
235
HP Easy Printer Care 14
HP Printer Utility 52
HP Toolbox 47
HP Web Jetadmin 13
Macintosh 12, 14
ordering 270
settings 10
supported operating
systems 7
system requirements 7
uninstalling Macintosh 12
Web sites 7
Windows 14
solenoids
diagrams 264
operations 62
tray 1, removing 166
tray 2, removing 167
space requirements 22
specifications
acoustic 329
electrical 328
environmental 22
media 15, 17
media sizes supported 18
operating environment 329
paper 17
paper types supported 19
physical 328
specks, troubleshooting 251,
258
speed
pages per minute 2
troubleshooting 199, 243
speed dial list, printing 46
spots, troubleshooting 251, 258
staple cassette, part number 316
stapler
locating 5
models including 2
power supply, removing 123
removing 117
static precautions 77
status
embedded Web server 50
HP Easy Printer Care 48
HP Printer Utility,
Macintosh 53
messages, types of 201
stopped printing,
troubleshooting 199
storage, job
Macintosh settings 53
storing
device 329
print cartridges 39
supplies
authentication 39
counterfeit 39
non-HP 39, 212
ordering 270, 314
ordering through embedded
Web server 51
ordering with HP Easy Printer
Care 48
part numbers 271
recycling 333
replacement intervals 38
replacing print cartridges 27
status page, printing 45
status, viewing with embedded
Web server 50
status, viewing with HP Easy
Printer Care 48
status, viewing with HP Printer
Utility 53
support
embedded Web server
links 51
HP Printer Utility pages 53
online 322
repacking device 324
Support tab, HP Easy Printer
Care 48
SupportPack, HP 325
switch boxes 225
switches
diagrams 263
on/off, locating 5
system requirements 7
T
Taiwan EMI statement 340
technical support
online 322
repacking device 324
Technical Training, HP 270
telephone numbers, ordering
supplies 270
temperature specifications 329
tests
control panel 232
engine 234
formatter 235
text, troubleshooting
blurry 259
garbled 244
misformed characters 255
Time/Scheduling menu, control
panel 230
timing operations 69
tire tracks, troubleshooting 258
toner
density setting 53
EconoMode 38
output quality,
troubleshooting 253
Toolbox. See HP Toolbox
tools, required 78
top cover, removing 105
top output bin, locating 5
total page count 228
transfer roller
locating 68
removing 182
transfer stage 66
ENWW Index 351
transfer unit warranty 320
transparencies
HP, ordering 318
sizes supported 19
tray 1
jams, clearing 220
load error message 212
loading 23
locating 5
media types supported 19
paper sizes supported 18
parts diagrams 262
pickup roller, removing 186
rollers 68
sensors 62, 263
sensors, removing 173
solenoid, diagrams 264
solenoid, removing 166
troubleshooting 200
tray 2
diagrams 261
jams, clearing 220
loading 25
locating 5
media types supported 19
paper sizes supported 18
part numbers 290
parts diagrams 262
pickup roller, removing 187
rollers 68
sensors 62, 263
solenoid, diagrams 264
solenoid, removing 167
tray 3
jams, clearing 220
locating 5
media types supported 19
models including 2
paper sizes supported 18
part number 271, 315
trays
ADF input, removing 82
configuring 26
included 2
jams, clearing 220
load message 204
locating 5
Macintosh settings 53
media types supported 19
paper path tests 232
paper sizes supported 18
rollers 68
sensors 62
separation pad, removing 189
status, viewing with HP Easy
Printer Care 48
troubleshooting 200, 243
troubleshooting
Alert Settings window, HP Easy
Printer Care 48
blank pages 244
blurred print 259
boot-up key sequences 226
communications 225
configuration page
printing 194
control panel display 193
control panel messages,
numerical 201
curled paper 243, 256
dropouts 252
duplexing 244
engine test 234
formatter test 235
gray background 253
jams 214, 215
light print 250
lines 252, 257
multifeeds 246
print quality 248
printing 198, 199, 245
PS errors 198
repeating defects 254
repeating images 260
skewed pages 247, 256
slow printing 199, 243
smeared toner 253
specks 251
text 244, 255, 259
tire tracks 258
tray selection 200
trays 243
white spots 258
wrinkled paper 246, 257
Troubleshooting menu 231
Troubleshooting menu, control
panel 230
two-sided printing
error messages 210
Macintosh settings 53
paper sizes supported 18
troubleshooting 244
U
uninstalling Macintosh
software 12
universal print driver 9
Update Now feature, drivers 9
updating firmware 239
upgrading
memory 342
upgrading firmware 239
usage page, printing 45
USB buffer overflow 204
USB cable, part number 271,
315
USB port
locating 6
supported 3
V
voltage specifications 328
W
warranty
Customer self repair 320
extended 325
print cartridge 320
product 319
service ID 228
transfer unit and fuser 320
wavy paper,
troubleshooting 243, 256
Web Jetadmin
firmware updates 241
Web sites
customer support 322
firmware updates 239
fraud reports 39
HP Easy Printer Care 14
HP Web Jetadmin,
downloading 52
Linux support 8
Macintosh customer
support 323
Material Safety Data Sheet
(MSDS) 335
ordering supplies 314
paper specifications 17
parts ordering 270
print media guide 15
352 Index ENWW
software, downloading 7
universal print driver 9
weekly on-site service 324
white lines or spots,
troubleshooting 257
Windows
driver settings 11
drivers supported 8
memory, enabling 34
software components 14
supported operating
systems 7
universal print driver 9
wire harnesses, replacing 77
wiring diagrams 266
wrinkled paper,
troubleshooting 246, 257
ENWW Index 353
*CB414-90940*
*CB414-90940*
CB414-90940
© 2006 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
www.hp.com
www.s-manuals.com

Navigation menu